Home/Audi/S4/Audi S4 B8 рестайлинг (2011-2015)/Repair manual/Cooling Fan/3.0l - Generic Scan Tool - Engine Code(s): Ccba (sedan)
Contents Section: Cooling Fan All sections

3.0l - Generic Scan Tool - Engine Code(s): Ccba (sedan) Audi S4 B8 рестайлинг

Cooling Fan 58 illustrations ~32745 words

GENERAL INFORMATION

Included in the contents of this Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related DTCs. The DTC table contains DTC Malfunction Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and MIL Illumination information which can be used to accurately monitor and diagnose emissions related faults and perform functions required to run Modes 01 through 09 with a hand held scan tool.

This information also contains the step by step procedures to accurately diagnose and repair a component or system once a DTC has been set. References to repair procedures and wiring diagrams can be found within the diagnostic test procedures.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNINGFailure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or possible death. When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention to driving conditions and observe and obey all posted speed limits. Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the fuel system, place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on engine or fuel injection system, fuel pressure must be relieved to residual pressure before opening high pressure components. Refer to the Service information for the proper procedure. If the battery has not been disconnected, the fuel pump fuse must be removed before opening the fuel supply system as the fuel pump may be activated by the driver's door contact switch. Testing of the EVAP and ORVR systems can result in the escape of explosive fuel vapor. Do not smoke while testing the EVAP system, and make sure the area you are working in is well ventilated. Observe the following for all procedures, especially in the engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Do not touch or disconnect the Ignition Coils, ignition wires, connecting parts or adapter cables when the ignition is on or the engine is running or turning at starting RPM. Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, when the ignition is turned off. When removing and installing components from full or partially full fuel tanks, observe the following: The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary. Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m 3 /h can be used. Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant gloves! When servicing the engine control module (ECM), it may be necessary to use a heat gun. The heat gun, shear bolts, and parts of the protective housing will become extremely hot. Use extreme caution when working with or handling these parts to avoid personal injury. Observe operating instructions when working with a heat gun. To prevent damage (burning) to the wiring and harness connections, insulation and the electronic components, perform outlined work steps exactly! The cooling system is under pressure. To avoid scalding, use caution when opening the cooling system and servicing cooling system components!
CAUTIONThe battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off. Otherwise, the engine control module (ECM) can be damaged. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. Do not use sealants containing silicone. Particles of silicone drawn into the engine, will not be burnt in the engine and will damage the oxygen sensors. Secure all hose connections with the correct hose clips (the same as original equipment). If engine is to be cranked without starting, for example as part of a compression test, remove the fuses for the voltage supply of Ignition Coils and the fuel injector. An electrostatic charge can lead to functional problems of electrical components of the engine, transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on electrical components. Do not make direct contact with electrical harness connector terminals. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness

  1. Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting.
  2. Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-free cloths.
  3. Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately.
  4. When the system is open, do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
  5. Install clean components: Remove replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
  6. Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and moisture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMS

California OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 14, 000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14, 000 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.

Several states in the northeastern United States have chosen to adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY and are known as "Green States".

Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger cars and light trucks up to 6, 000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004 MY, Federal vehicle over 8, 500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD-II.

Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled medium duty passenger vehicles are required to have OBD-II. Federal OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 8, 500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8, 500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.

OBD-II system implementation and operation is described in the remainder of this document.

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ILLUMINATION

If the engine control module (ECM) recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emission values, it indicates them by illuminating the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) which is located in the instrument cluster.

The ECM switches on the MIL after the ignition is switched on. Shortly after the engine is started, the MIL goes out if the ECM does not detect a malfunction that increases the emission values.

If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on the MIL and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.

The engine control module (ECM) communicates with data bus capable control modules via a CAN Data Link.

The databus capable control modules are connected via data bus wires, which are twisted together (CAN high and CAN low), and exchange information with the ECM. Missing or implausible information on the databus is recognized and stored as a malfunction based on specific DTC criteria.

The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is illuminated as a result of a CAN message sent by the ECM. The MIL can be turned on, turned off, or blink, depending on the message received.

ELECTRONIC POWER CONTROL WARNING LAMP

The engine control module (ECM) monitors electronic power control (EPC) components when the ignition is switched on.

If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system, the ECM switches on the EPC warning lamp, which is located in the instrument cluster, and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through the manufacturer. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.

FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

For all fuel supply system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

The evaporative emission system has been designed to minimize the release of hydrocarbons from the fuel system into the atmosphere. The evaporative system components all work together with the ECM to prevent fuel vapor from escaping and route it to the intake manifold to be burned during normal combustion.

The leak detection system checks the integrity of the evaporative emission system by pressurizing system.

  1. When leak detection is activated, a pump pressurizes the evaporative system.
  2. During the leak diagnosis, the system is monitored for a specific time period. If the pressure does not drop a specific amount during the time period, the system is considered to be sealed.
  3. If the pressure drops greater than a specified amount during a specific time period, the system is pressurized once more. The engine control module measures the time until the pressure drops again. The control module uses the measured value to determine the size of the leak.

Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to the DTC memory. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.

For all evaporative system component locations, hose routing, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

ELECTRONIC ENGINE POWER CONTROL

For EPC, the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.

The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to engine control module (ECM) by the throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (variable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected with the accelerator pedal.

The accelerator pedal position (driver's intention) is a main input unit for the ECM.

Operation of the throttle valve occurs via an electric motor, the throttle drive for in the throttle valve control module. This is true across the entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.

The throttle valve is operated by the EPC according to specifications of engine control module (ECM).

With engine off and ignition switched on, the ECM controls the throttle drive according to specifications of throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2. This means, if the accelerator pedal is pressed half way, the throttle drive opens the throttle valve to the same degree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened approximately half way.

With engine running under load, ECM can open or close the throttle valve independently of the throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2.

This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been pressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque losses at the throttle valve.

In addition, it results in a significant reduction in emissions and fuel consumption under certain load conditions.

It would be incorrect to think that EPC consists of only one or two components. EPC is much more of a system containing all components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and monitoring the position of the throttle valve.

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

For all fuel injection system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

The ECM regulates fuel injection, throttle valve control module, oxygen sensor regulation, ignition, knock control, evaporative emission purge valve, engine speed limitation through the fuel injectors or the power supply relay, as well as OBD functions. For locations, removal/installation procedures, refer to the service information.

EXHAUST SYSTEM COMPONENTS

For all exhaust system, emission control component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM

The secondary air injection system improves the secondary oxidation within the catalytic converter which are due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase where the exhaust emissions contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons, thereby reducing harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary oxidation shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter considerably, as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold-running phase.

  1. During a cold start, the secondary air injection system injects air behind the exhaust valves. This produces an oxygen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
  2. In addition, the secondary air injection system is switched on (after a delay) during idle after every subsequent engine start (up to a maximum coolant temperature) and is checked through on board diagnostic functions.

For all secondary air injection system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

IGNITION SYSTEM

For all ignition and glow plug system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

The transmission control module receives information from transmission related components and uses this information to control shifting and operation of the transmission.

For all automatic transmission component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.

PRELIMINARY CHECK

Prior to component diagnosis, a preliminary check must be performed.

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition on.

Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTCs.

If other DTCs are stored

Repair these DTCs first before performing the following procedure.

If no other DTCs are stored

Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers complaint.

If the DTC returns

Perform the diagnostic procedure.

If the DTC does not return

The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.

Check the suspected component, electrical harness and electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

Perform a road test to verify the repair.

If the DTC returns

Perform the diagnostic procedure.

If the DTC does not return

The fault may have been the result of a loose electrical connection.

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

READINESS CODE

Readiness code description

Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal vehicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.

If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be stored in the DTC memory.

The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturer's instruction for correct tool operation.

The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC memory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new readiness code must be generated.

Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.

General recommendations

Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a "steady-foot" and "smooth" acceleration during the drive cycle operation, cruise, and acceleration modes.

Operating conditions

For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C with a difference between them no greater than 4° C. The ambient air temperature must not change more than 4° C during the drive cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in the winter).

Test requirements

  1. Erase the DTC memory.
  2. Coolant temperature must be between 80° C and 110° C.
  3. The intake air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C.
  4. Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
  5. Fuel tank level 1/4 to 3/4 full.

Drive Cycle Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.

Idle the vehicle for 2-3 minutes. This executes the O2 heater, misfire, secondary air injection, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.

Drive the vehicle at 45-55 mph for a continuous 7-minute period - avoid stopping. This executes the evaporative, O2 sensor, fuel trim, and misfire monitors.

Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5000 RPM; lift off the throttle until the engine speed is around 1200 rpm. This executes the fuel cut off.

Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60-65 mph, cruise constantly for 5 min, this executes the catalyst; O2 sensor, misfire, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.

Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This executes the misfire, secondary sir injection, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.

Check the status of the readiness code.

Note. Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may be displayed as complete, passed or OK.

If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.

Note. When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed evaporative or thermostat monitor, allow the engine to cool until the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between 10° C and 35° C with a difference no greater than 4° C and repeat the drive cycle operation.

If the drive cycle operation fails again.

Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.

Repair the vehicle if necessary.

Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.

Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODES 01 - 0A

The information provided in Modes 01 through 09 displays the various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes, erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.

Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 01 - READ CURRENT SYSTEM DATA

Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emissions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original measured values (no replacement values), input and output data and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic Mode 1.

Test requirement

  1. Coolant temperature at least 80° C.

Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.".

From the following table, select the desired the "PID" that is to be monitored, e.g. "PID $05 Coolant temperature".

The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.

PIDComponent or System
00Supported definition PIDs 01 thru 20
01Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory
03Condition of fuel system
04Calculated load value
05Coolant temperature
06Short term air fuel ratio Bank 1
07Long term air fuel ratio Bank 1
08Short term air fuel ratio Bank 2
09Long term air fuel ratio Bank 2
12Engine RPM
13Vehicle speed
14Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder
15Intake air temperature
16Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor
17Absolute throttle position
18Secondary Air Injection
19Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1
21Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2
25Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 2
28OBD requirements
31Time after engine start
32Supported definition PIDs $21 thru $40
33Distance covered with MIL ON
35Fuel printing
46Tank ventilation valve
51Ambient air
52Actual value of bank 1 - sensor 1
56Actual value of bank 2 - sensor 1
60Catalyst temp. Bank 1 - Sensor 1
61Catalyst temp. Bank 2 - Sensor 1
64Supported definition PIDs $41 thru $60
65Monitor status in this operating cycle
66Controller system tension
67Absolute load factor
68Lambda desired value
69Relative throttle valve position
70Ambient temperature
71Absolute throttle valve position 2
73Absolute accelerator pedal position 1
74Absolute accelerator pedal position 2
76Throttle valve specified position
86Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat. Bank 1 - Bank 3
88Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat. Bank 2 - Bank 4
80Supported definition PIDs $61 thru $80
104Intake Air Temp. (IAT) Bank 1 Sens. 1
111Turbocharger Compressor Inlet Pressure Sensor A
112Boost Pressure Sensor A Boost Pressure Sensor B
119Charger Air Cooler Temp. (CACT) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Bank 2 Sensor 1

Switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 02 - READ OPERATING CONDITIONS

When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode 07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02 makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the freeze frame data is overwritten.

Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim malfunction.

Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.

Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any circumstances.

Select "Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions.".

From the following table, select the desired the "PID", e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature" that is to be monitored.

The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.

PIDComponent or System
00Supported definition pids, $01 thru $20
02Fault code that caused the freeze frame to be stored
03Fuel system status
04Calculated load value
05Coolant temperature
06Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 1
07Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 1
08Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 2
09Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 2
11Intake manifold pressure
12Engine RPM
13Vehicle speed
14Ignition angle
15Intake air temperature (IAT)
16Air mass
17Throttle valve position 1 absolute (Throttle valve position 1)
18Secondary air injection
31Time after engine start
32Supported definition pids, $21 thru $40
35Fuel pressure (rail pressure)
46Activation of tank vent valve
51Ambient pressure
64Supported definition pids, $41 thru $60
66Control modules system voltage
67Absolute Load Value
68Oxygen sensor specified value
69Relative Throttle Position
70Ambient air temperature
71Throttle valve position 2 absolute (Throttle valve position 2)
73Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 1)
74Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 2)
76Specified throttle valve position
86Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic converter bank 1 or bank 3
88Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic converter bank 2 or bank 4
64Supported definition PIDs $61 thru $80
104Intake Air Temp. (IAT) Bank 1 Sensor 1
111Turbocharger Compressor Inlet Press. Sensor A
112Boost Pressure Sensor A Boost Pressure Sensor B
119Charger Air Cooler Temperature (CACT) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Bank 2 Sensor 1

Switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY

Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in the ECM and in the TCM.

When the ECM recognizes an emission related fault it turns on the malfunction indicator lamp. If an electronic throttle malfunction is recognized, the ECM turns on the electronic power control warning lamp. Both are located in the instrument cluster.

The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.

Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 03 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.

The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the DTC code.

P-Codes

Component group
PXXXXDTC for the drivetrain
Norm-Code
P0XXXTrouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts
P1XXXAdditional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer
P2XXXDTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000
P3XXXAdditional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer from MY 2000
Component group
Repair group
PX0XXFuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations
PX1XXFuel and air ratios
PX2XXFuel and air ratios
PX3XXIgnition system
PX4XXAdditional exhaust system
PX5XXSpeed and idle control
PX6XXControl module and output signals
PX7XXTransmission
PX8XXTransmission
PX9XXControl modules, input and output signals

U-Codes

Component group
UXXXXDTC for network (CAN bus)
Norm-Code
U0XXXTrouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts

Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition to the ON position.

Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.

The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool screen.

The following table is an example of the DTC information that may be displayed on the scan tool screen

Indication exampleExplanation
P0444SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code
Evaporative emission canister purge regulator valveMalfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning component
Circuit openMalfunction type as next

Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.

Switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY

Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The adaptation values may also be reset.

Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable)

  1. MIL Status
  2. Number of DTCs
  3. Readiness bits
  4. Confirmed DTCs
  5. Pending DTCs
  6. DTC that belongs to freeze frame
  7. Freeze frame data
  8. Test results of specific diagnostic functions
  9. Distance driven with "MIL ON"
  10. Number of warm-up cycles after erasing the DTC memory
  11. Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
  12. Misfire counter

Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 04 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.

Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition on.

Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.

Then select Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data.

The scan tool will display: Diagnostic data are being erased.

Switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 05 - READ OXYGEN SENSOR MONITORING TEST RESULTS

Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6 for oxygen sensor Monitoring Test Results.

Test requirement

Procedure

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS

Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for special components and systems which are continuously or not continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete, the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become available or the DTC memory is erased.

The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 represent the min & max operating values for a properly operating system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary, or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process. e.g.

Minimum Value
GST manual documentation0.3499
Aftermarket scan tool display0.35

Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and may be referenced by only a number.

Note. Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in diagnostic mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).

Test requirements

  1. Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic converter and the cylinder heads.
  2. No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
  3. Coolant temperature at least 80° C.

Work procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and let run at idle speed.

Select Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored.

Select the desired Test-ID..

The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on the scan tool screen.

The following table is a numerical list of all "Test-IDs" or "Hex-IDs" that may be selected.

Test-ID (Hex-ID)Component or System
01 ($01): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
02 ($02) DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
33 ($21) DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Catalytic Converter Monitoring Bank 1
34 ($22): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Catalytic Converter Monitoring Bank 2
53 ($35): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Cam shaft adjustment/IVVT diagnosis bank 1
54 ($36): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Cam shaft adjustment/IVVT diagnosis bank 2
58 ($3A): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / LeakTest (0.90")
59 ($3B): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / LeakTest (0.40/1.0mm)
60 ($3C): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity / LeakTest (0.20/0.5mm)
61 ($3D): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .EVAP Valve Function Check
65 ($41): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
66 ($42): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
69 ($45): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 1
70 ($46): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 2
113 ($71): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Secondary air system 1 (bank 1)
114 ($72): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Secondary air system 2 (bank 2)
162 ($A2): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
163 ($A3): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
164 ($A4): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
165 ($A5) DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONSMis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
166 ($A6): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Mis-Fire Cylinder 5 Data
167 ($A7): DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .Mis-Fire Cylinder 6 Data

Monitor-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 01 ($01)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
131 ($83)P0133Response Check.0.9 VRefer to DTC P0133 in the DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 02 ($02)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
05 ($05)P0139Output Voltage (signal activity) Check.02.0 VRefer to DTC P0139 in DTC TABLES .
129 ($81)P0136Output Voltage (signal activity) Check.0 mV9.7 mVRefer to DTC P0136 in the DTC summary table.
130 ($82)P0136Output Voltage (signal activity) Check.9.7 mV7995 mVRefer to DTC P0136 in the DTC summary table.
131 ($83)P0136Output Voltage (signal activity) Check.0 mV151.5 mVRefer to DTC P0136 in the DTC summary table.
135 ($87)P0139Output Voltage (signal activity) Check.0 mV500 mVRefer to DTC P0139 in the DTC summary table.

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID33 ($21): Catalyst monitoring bank 1

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID33 ($21)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
132 ($84)P0420Catalytic converter monitoring bank 1.0 mV1.5 mVRefer to DTC P0420 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Monitor-ID34 ($22): Catalyst monitoring bank 2

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID34 ($22)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
132 ($84)P0430Catalytic converter monitoring bank 2.0 mV1.5 mVRefer to DTC P0430 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 53 ($35): Cam Shaft Adjustment IVVT diagnosis bank 1

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 53 ($35)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
128 ($80)P0011Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1)010.125Refer to DTC P0011 in the DTC summary table.
129 ($81)P000AIntake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 1)4.8 °KW655 °KWRefer to DTC P000A in the DTC summary table.
130 ($82)P0014Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1010.125Refer to DTC P0014 in the DTC summary table.
131 ($83)P000BExhaust (B) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 1)4.8 °KW655 °KWRefer to DTC P000B in the DTC summary table.

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 54 ($36): Cam Shaft Adjustment IVVT diagnosis bank 2

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 54 ($36)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
128 ($80)P0021Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 2).010.125Refer to DTC P0021 in the DTC summary table.
129 ($81)P000CIntake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 2)4.875655Refer to DTC P000C in the DTC summary table.
130 ($82)P0024Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 2)010.125Refer to DTC P0024 in the DTC summary table.
131 ($83)P000DExhaust (B) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 2)4.875655Refer to DTC P000D in the DTC summary table.

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 58 ($3A): Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.90”)

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 58 ($3A)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
129 ($81)P0455Tank leak test: Large leak.650 mSec65535 mSecRefer to DTC P0455 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 59 ($3B): Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.40/1.0mm)

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 59 ($3B)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
129 ($81)P0442Fuel Tank Leak Test: Small leak.1060 mSec65535 mSecRefer to DTC P0442 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 60 ($3C): Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.20/0.5mm)

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 60 ($3C)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
129 ($81)P0456Tank leak test: Pinhole leak (0.5 mm).4000 mSec65535 mSecRefer to DTC P0456 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 61 ($3D): EVAP Valve Function Check

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 61 ($3D)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
128 ($80)P0441Tank vent valve check from % DTEV: Active test Air balance at idle OK, (Normal operation and short test 70).0 %100%Refer to DTC P0441 in DTC TABLES .
130 ($82)P0441Tank vent valve check from %DTEV: Active test, Oxygen sensor regulator deviating in lean direction (can only test OK), (Normal operation and short test 70).0 %100%Refer to DTC P0441 in DTC TABLES
131 ($83)Tank vent valve check from %DTEV: Active test, Oxygen sensor regulator deviation in rich direction (can only test OK), (Normal operation and short test 70).0.0201.999
138 ($8A)P0441Mean I-value of the closed loop control0 kPa327 kPaRefer to DTC P0441 in DTC TABLES

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 65 ($41): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 65 ($41)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
133 ($85)P0135Oxygen sensor heating in front of catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1. Ceramic temperature monitoring.680° C965° CRefer to DTC P0135 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 66 ($42): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 66 ($42)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
129 ($81)P0141Oxygen sensor heating behind catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1 Nernst cell internal resistance test.0 ohms6700 ohmsRefer to DTC P0141 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 70 ($46): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 2

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 70 ($46)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
129 ($81)P0161Diagnosis of Sensor 2 behind catalytic convertor.0 ohms6700 ohmsRefer to DTC P0161 in DTC TABLES

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 69 ($45): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 1

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 69 ($45)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
133 ($85)P0155Diagnosis of Sensor 1 behind catalytic convertor.680°965°Refer to DTC P0155 in DTC TABLES

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 113 ($71): Secondary air system ((Bank 1))

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 113 ($71)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
130 ($82)P0491Examination secondary air system, examination for reduced secondary air mass.0.4 ohms65535 ohms
131 ($83)P0491Examination secondary air valve leakage (combination valve does not close).0.4 ohms65535 ohms
132 ($84)P0491Examination secondary air system, bank 1 (bank 3)1.5 ohms65535 ohms
133 ($85)P0491Examination secondary air system, bank 1 (bank 3)0 hPa30 hPa
138 ($8A)P2440Examination secondary air valve, bank 1 (bank 3)01.25

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID 114 ($72): Secondary air system ((Bank 2)

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID 114 ($72)".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin.Max.Additional Information
130 ($82)P0492Examination secondary air system, examination for reduced secondary air mass.0.4 ohms65535 ohms
131 ($83)P0492Examination secondary air valve leakage (combination valve does not close).0.4 ohms65535 ohms
132 ($84)P0492Examination secondary air system, bank 2 (bank 4)2.4 ohms65535 ohms
133 ($85)P0492Examination secondary air system, bank 2 (bank 4)0 hPA30 hPa
138 ($8A)P2442Examination secondary air valve, bank 2 (bank 4)01.25

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID A2 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID A2".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin./Max. ValuesAdditional Information
11 ($0B)P0301Misfire cylinder 1, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0301 in DTC TABLES .
12 ($0C)P0301Misfire cylinder 1, in this Driving Cycle.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0301 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID A3: Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6 Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID A3:".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin./Max. ValuesAdditional Information
11 ($0B)P0302Misfire cylinder 2, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0302 in DTC TABLES .
12 ($0C)P0302Misfire cylinder 2, in this Driving Cycle.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0302 in. DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID A4: Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID A4".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin./Max. ValuesAdditional Information
11 ($0B)P0303Misfire cylinder 3, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0303 in DTC TABLES .
12 ($0C)P0303Misfire cylinder 3, in this Driving Cycle.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0303 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID A5 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID A5".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin./Max. ValuesAdditional Information
11 ($0B)P0304Misfire cylinder 4, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES .
12 ($0C)P0304Misfire cylinder 4, in this Driving Cycle.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.

Switch the ignition off.

Monitor-ID A6 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 5 Data

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID A6".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin./Max. ValuesAdditional Information
11 ($0B)P0304Misfire cylinder 5, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES .
12 ($0C)P0304Misfire cylinder 5, in this Driving Cycle.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.

Monitor-ID A7 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 6 Data

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Monitor-ID A7".

Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".

Check specified values at idle.

Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID)DTCComponent or SystemMin./Max. ValuesAdditional Information
11 ($0B)P0304Misfire cylinder 6, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES .
12 ($0C)P0304Misfire cylinder 6, in this Driving Cycle.0 - 65535 (counts)Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES .

If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .

Switch the ignition off.

If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 07 - READ FAULTS DETECTED DURING THE CURRENT OR LAST DRIVING CYCLE

Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending DTCs).

A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output via Mode 07).

If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and the MIL is activated.

If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be deleted at the end of the driving cycle.

Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the information provided may be referred to by a different name.

Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle.

Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.

Select Mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored.

The number of pending DTCs or 0 malfunctions detected will be displayed on the scan tool screen.

Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.

Switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 08 - REQUEST CONTROL OF ON-BOARD SYSTEM, TEST OR COMPONENT

Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board system, test or component on or off for a specific period of time. The service can also be used to request system status or to report test results.

Test requirements

  1. No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
  2. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60° C.
  3. Coolant temperature 80 -110° C.
  4. Throttle valve angle 12.0 - 16.0%.

Function test

Note. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted.

Connect the scan tool.

Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.

Select "Mode 8: Tank Leak Test".

Select "Test-ID 01: Tank Leak Test".

Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.

The following will be displayed on the scan tool screen

Tank leak testSpecified value
Test function active Test function is being initiated, please wait Test off Test abortedTest OK

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified result is obtained

System OK.

If the specified result is not obtained

Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified result is again not obtained

A leak may be present. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 09 - READ VEHICLE INFORMATION

Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).

Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.

Test requirement

  1. No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.

Procedure

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition on.

Select Mode 09: Vehicle information.

Select the desired Test-ID.

The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool screen.

The following table is a numerical list of all Test-IDs that may be selected.

Test-IDDiagnostic text
02Vehicle identification number e.g.
A different 17 digit number will be displayed for each vehicle
04Calibration identification e.g.
Engine Control Module (ECM)
Transmission Control Module (TCM)
06CVN (check sum) e.g.
EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every control module version
000D105

Switch the ignition off.

DIAGNOSTIC MODE 0A - CHECK PERMANENT DTC MEMORY

Note. The following is a generic explanation of the requirements, coverage, and operation of Mode OA.

Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Memory (Request emissions-related diagnostic trouble codes with permanent status after code clear)

Permanent Fault Codes From MY 2010 with Phase-In conforming to CCR 1968.2 (d) (2.2.5): 50% from MY 2010 / 75% from MY 2011 / 100% from MY 2012 The vehicle only participates in Phase-In if all of the OBD-relevant control modules in the vehicle meet these requirements.

Mode 0A may only be supported exclusively by OBD control modules in US vehicles. Mode 0A may not be supported in EOBD vehicles, meaning the control module may not send a response here.

Mode 0A enables the request of all OBD-relevant faults with the status "Permanent Fault Code": -Permanent Fault Codes are Confirmed Fault Codes that are currently activating the MIL. That means faults that are still displayed in Mode 03 but no longer activate the MIL (History Fault Codes) are not Permanent Fault Codes. -Permanent Fault Codes are updated in Mode 0A at the same time as NVRAM storage immediately after switching the ignition off. A newly detected Permanent Fault Code is only visible after switching the ignition off/on in Mode 0A. -Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased in the control module after they are corrected as long as the last diagnostic result was a PASS and the MIL is no longer activated by this fault. The Permanent Fault Codes should be erased from Mode 0A at the same time the MIL switches off when the ignition is switched off/on. -Permanent Fault Codes may not be erased by clearing the DTC memory or disconnecting the power supply. Storage in NVRAM is required. -Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased after clearing the DTC memory under the following conditions: -As long as no FAIL diagnostic result was detected for a Permanent Fault Code -and at least one PASS diagnostic result was detected -and the Minimum Trip Conditions for a General Denominator (without considering high/ambient temperature) were met in this phase in any DCY after erasing the DTC memory. -The engine control module relays the message "Minimum Trip conditions met" to all other OBD control modules via CAN: CAN message OBD_01, Byte 8, Bit 4: OBD_Minimum_Trip -Permanent Fault Codes may NOT be erased if the diagnostic result is FAIL after clearing the DTC memory. A Pending Fault Code should be stored and the DTC memory line should be overwritten with new Freeze Frame data. (Exception: If the Pending Fault Code is corrected without a Confirmed Fault Code being detected, the Permanent Fault Code may also be erased under the conditions described below.) -Permanent Fault Codes should be erased in engine control modules after Update Programming. At this time, all readiness bits (Mode 01 PID $01) must be reset to "not complete" [ (g) (4.4.6) (D) ]. Permanent Fault Codes should not be erased in OBD control modules with Comprehensive Components (CCM) as a single readiness bit if the identical program/data status is being programmed. If a different program/data status is being programmed, Permanent Fault Codes should be erased after Update Programming. -The procedure in Mode 01 through Mode 09 and in the service tester is NOT affected by implementation of the Permanent Fault Codes.

Note. After MIL off during the 40 warm-up cycle self-healing process, the fault may not be reported as Permanent Fault Code anymore

Note. Permanent Fault Codes for all OBD-relevant components and systems in Engine Control Modules, Transmission Control Modules, Battery Energy Control Modules, and Drive Motor Control Modules • Service $07: Pending Fault Codes • Service $03: Confirmed Fault Codes • Service $0A: Permanent Fault Codes The Permanent Fault Codes requirements have NO effect on Service $07, $03 or enhanced customer specific services. Vehicles with Permanent Fault Codes stored and reported to a GST via Service $0A will NOT pass Inspection / Maintenance (I/M) !

Procedure

  1. Erasing Permanent Fault Codes after code clear Service $0A - Permanent Fault Codes: can only be erased at the end of a driving cycle (during ECU keep alive time) if all the following conditions are fulfilled
  2. NO FAIL since code clear
  3. Monitor result PASS
  4. Minimum trip conditions fulfilled....600 sec. (cumulative) engine on
  5. 300 sec. (cumulative) vehicle speed > 25 mph (40 km/h)
  6. 30 sec. (continuous) idle
  7. To erase Permanent Fault Codes after code clear, the vehicle needs to be driven !

DTC TABLES

Fuel, air mixture, and additional emissions regulations

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P000AIntake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Adjustment angle difference < 5° CA number of checks 10 timesEngine speed > 700 RPM setpoint change before check < 3° CA for 1.2 Sec setpoint change > 7° CA1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P000CIntake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Adjustment angle difference < 5° CA number of checks 10 timesEngine speed > 700 RPM setpoint change before check < 3° CA for 1.2 Sec setpoint change > 7° CA1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P00A2Intake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 2 short to groundCheck the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGIAT < 0.1 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P00A3Intake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 2 open circuitCheck the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGIAT > 3.20 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P007CIntake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 1Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGIAT < 0.099 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P007DIntake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 1Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGIAT > 3.20 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P008AFuel Pressure Sensor (LP) out of range lowCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING< 0.08 MPaEngine speed 500...6000 RPM time after engine start > 30 Sec5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P008BFuel Pressure Sensor (LP) out of range highCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGActual press > 0.8 MPaEngine speed 500...6000 RPM time after engine start > 30 Sec5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0010Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit / Open (Bank 1)Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Signal current< 0.8mACamshaft valve, on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0011Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1)Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Adjustment angle difference > 10° CA number of checks 3 timesModeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 17° CA then wait 6 Sec3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0016Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Adaptive value > 139° CAEngine speed > 700 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0018Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 75° CAEngine speed > 700 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0020Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit / Open (Bank 1)Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Signal current< 0.8mACamshaft valve, on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0021Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1)Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Adjustment angle difference > 10° CA number of checks 3 timesModeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 17° CA than wait 6 Sec3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P025AFuel Pump Open circuitCheck the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING .Signal current < 0.8 mAFuel pump commanded on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P025CFuel Pump Short to groundCheck the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING .Signal voltage < 2.0 VFuel pump commanded off2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P025DFuel Pump Short to B+Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING .Signal current > 1.0 AFuel pump commanded on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0030HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Open circuitCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Heater current < 8...40 mADuty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0031HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to groundCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 VDuty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0032HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to B+Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Heater current > 8...11 ADuty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0036HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) open circuitCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater current < 8...40 mADuty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0037HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to groundCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 VDuty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0038HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater current Bank 1, > 8..11 ADuty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0043HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to groundCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .SULEV Heater voltage < 3 V ULEV Heater voltage < 3 VSULEV Time after engine start, >5 Sec heater commanded off ULEV engine speed >80 RPM heater, commanded off0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0044HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater current, > 2.70...5.50 AEngine speed, >80 RPM heater commanded on0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0050HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Open circuitCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Heater current < 8...40 mADuty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P050AIdle Air Control System RPM Lower Or Higher Than ExpectedCheck the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .Out of range-low engine speed deviation <80 RPM Out of range-high engine speed deviation >80 RPMTime after engine start >0.0 Sec driver torque demand none vehicle speed 0 km/h altitude <2700 m IAT >-48 °C evap purge valve closed catalyst heating active FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS: engine load <40...75% catalyst heating active time after engine start >0.0 Sec driver torque demand none vehicle speed 0 km/h altitude <2700 m IAT >-48 °C catalyst heating active4 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0051HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to groundCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 VDuty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0052HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to B+Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Heater current > 8...11 ADuty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0056HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) open circuitCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater current < 8...40 mADuty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0057HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to groundCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 VDuty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0058HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater current, > 3..5 ADuty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on5.2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0068MAP/MAF - Throttle Position CorrelationCheck the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Deviation throttle controller < -43 or > 43%Modeled pressure quotient < 0.53 engine speed 600...3600 RPM time after engine start > 70 Sec fuel cut-off not active throttle position > 4.5% fuel trim activity -15...15%5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0070Ambient Temperature Sensor only S4 short to B+plusCheck the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Ambient temp. < -50° CCAN active6 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0071Ambient Temperature Sensor only S4 rationality checkCheck the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Ambient temperature > 34•••26K minus engine temperature @ engine start ambient temperature minus intake air temperature @ engine start (1)Engine off time>8h engine temperature @ engine start < 34..26|K minus intake air temperature @ engine start engine temperature @ engine start< 1.5° C minus engine temperature @ condition: time since engine start>90 Sec ambient temperature @ engine start<= 10.25° C minus ambient temperature @ condition: vehicle speed> 20mph for time> 30 Sec intake air temperature @ engine start<= 10.25° C minus intake air temperature @ condition: vehicle speed> 20mph for time> 30 Sec0 SecOnce 2 DCY
P0072Ambient Temperature Sensor only S4 short to groundCheck the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Ambient temperature> 87° CCAN active6 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0087Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too LowCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGDeviation fuel rail pressure control > 0.120 g/Rev AND deviation lambda control -15...15% actual pressure > below target pressure target pressure-actual pressure >2 MPa and deviation lambda control -25.. 25 %Engine speed, 580...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec fuel cut off, not active lambda control, closed loop high press. pump setpoint 0.015...0.105 g/Rev catalyst heating not active engine speed, 580...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec fuel cut off, not active lambda control, closed loop high press. pump setpoint 0.06...0.105 g/Rev catalyst heating not active evap canister load< 25 % control valve commanded close engine speed, 640...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec fuel cut off, not active lambda control, closed loop high press. pump setpoint 0.015...0.105 g/Rev evap canister load< 25 %5 Sec 20 Sec 20 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0088Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too HighCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGFuel rail pressure > 13.9 MPa3 Sec2 DCY
P0089Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 PerformanceCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Actual pressure Deviation deviation fuel press control < 28% > 35% target press actual press > 0.17 MPa target press actual press > 0.17 MPaEngine speed 500...3000 RPM Time after engine start > 30 Sec ECT 70...95° C delta fuel press low < 25kPa fuel cut-off not active engine speed 500...4500 RPM Time after engine start > 80 Sec ECT 70...95° C engine speed 500...4500 RPM Time after engine start > 80 Sec ECT 70...95° C high press pump setpoint 0.01g fuel cut-off not active5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P012BCharger inlet pressure rationality checkCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGPressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; charger inlet pressure, ambient pressure sensor > 7 kPa pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2 and charger inlet pressure (1) > 12...27 kPaEngine speed 0 RPM time after engine stop 10 Sec vehicle speed 0 MPH modeled pressure quotient 0.25...0.8 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P012CCharger inlet pressure short to groundCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage < 0.2 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P012DCharger inlet pressure short to B+Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage >4.8 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0100Mass or Volume Air Flow A CircuitCheck the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .MAF sensor signal, 0 u Sec0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0101Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Range/PerformanceCheck the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Mass air flow vs lower threshold model <12% mass air flow vs upper threshold <12% load calculation >21%. 23 for ULEV only AND fuel system (mult) <-19%. -23 ULEV only load calculation <21%. -23 for ULEV only AND fuel system (mult) >19%. 23 ULEV onlyTime after engine start, >150 camshaft revs time after engine start, >150 camshaft revs throttle position <99.6% engine speed 1320...5000 RPM ECT >60.0 °C IAT <90.0°C mass air flow 0.0...450kg/h engine load 20...100% lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed if low fuel signal then wait until mass fuel integral >0.0kg throttle position <99.6% engine speed 1320...5000 RPM ECT >60.0 °C IAT <90.0°C mass air flow 0.0...450kg/h engine load 20...100% lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed if low fuel signal then wait until mass fuel integral >0.0kg2 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0102Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Low InputCheck the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .MAF sensor signal, <66 u Sec0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0103Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit High InputCheck the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .MAF sensor signal, >4500 u Sec0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0106Manifold Absolute Pressure/BARO Sensor Range/PerformanceCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- If the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- has no faults, check the altitude sensor co-located within the ECM.-- Check TSB's for related information.Boost pressure signal >Altitude sensor +230 hPaAltitude sensor, No DTC Boost pressure sensor, No DTC Engine speed, <1000 RPM AND Throttle position, <7.01% DK for 3 Sec. Throttle position sensor, No DTC1 Sec2 DCY
P0111Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Rationality check ULEV onlyCheck the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGDifference value: IAT-ECT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time, >25...40 K AND difference value: IAT-AAT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time), >25...40 KEngine-off time, >6 h ECT @ engine start minus AAT @ engine start, <=25...40 °C ECT @ engine start, <1.5 °C minus ECT @ time after engine start, 60 Sec AAT @ engine start, <=5.2 °C minus AAT @ condition vehicle speed, >25 MPH for time >30 Sec0 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0112Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low InputCheck the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGIAT, < 0.099 V °C2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0113Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High InputCheck the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGIAT, > 3.20 V °C2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0116Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance.Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Cooling System Components.Stuck high: no change of signal, < 2.5KECT @ start, 75...141° C Driving condition 1: > 36 Sec vehicle speed, > 12.5mph engine speed > 2500 RPM mass air flow > 60 kg/h Driving condition 2: > 36 Sec fuel cut-off active vehicle speed, > 65 mph engine speed idle and if ignition off > 400 Sec ECT @ start 85...105° C delta modeled ECT 13K155 Sec 400 Sec 30 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0117Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low InputCheck Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Cooling System Components.ECT, < 0.25 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0118Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit OpenCheck Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Cooling System Components.ECT, > 3.20 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0121Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Range/PerformanceCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .TPS 1-TPS 2, > 5.79° AND relative mass air inegral > 100... at 0.45 SecEngine start completed TPS no fault2 Sec
P0122Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Low InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage, <0.117 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0123Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit High InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 4.6 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0130O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1)Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .O2S ceramic temp. <640.0° CModeled exhaust temp>300 °C fuel cut-off not active12 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0131O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 Low VoltageCheck the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.13 V3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0132O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 High VoltageCheck the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Signal voltage > 5.5 V3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0133O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Bank 2)Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Response check- lambda value vs modeled lambda value > 0.9Engine speed, 1184...3000 RPM ECT > 20° C lambda0.9..1.1 engine speed deviation 1670 RPM/s EVAP canister load < 40% mass air flow 125...375 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 0.167 g/Rev65 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0135O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .O2S not ready after dewpoint exceeded > 30SecO2S front dewpoint exceeded heater control active O2S front no other faults15 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0136O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .O2S signal rear- O2S setpoint 1 V not oscillating at reference +- 10 mVO2S rear ready trim control post cat closed loop > 340 Sec engine speed > 1200 RPM "lambda-set value (no map, just bottom and top limit)"0, 9 ••• 1, 190 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0137O2 Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Signal voltage, < 20mV AND internal resistance < 10ohmsO2S rear-fully heated up mass air flow > 12 kg/h O2S rear dewpoint, exceeded5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0138O2 Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Signal voltage >1.2 V5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0139O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .O2S signal rear- signal too slow- 1ECT > 60° C mass air flow 12...120 kg/h O2S rear signal voltage 0.6...0.28 V fuel cut-off, enabled modeled exhaust gas temp. > 450° C internal resistance < 3000ohms3 timesOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0140O2 Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Signal voltage, 0.376...0.474 V O2S rear internal resistance >60 KohmsModeled exhaust temp. > 450° C25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0141O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) out of rangeCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Internal resistance, > 10K ohmsModeled exhaust gas temp, 300-400 °C heater duty cycle 0.8...99.2%.10 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0145O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .EWMA filtered transient time at fuel cut-off, >0.4 Sec in voltage range, 401.4...201.2 mV number of checks (initial phase), >3 number of checks (step function), >3Rich voltage, >=547.9 mV lean voltage <=152.3 mV OR Max O2 mass flow (disable), >=6000 mg O2S rear, ready fuel cut-off, active front O2 sensor, lambda signal, >2.00 modeled exhaust gas temp. >400° C exhaust gas mass flow, >25.0 kg/h rear O2 sensor internal resistance, <=131 Kohms or resistance measurement, ready front O2 sensor, sensor cross change, no fault rear O2 sensor heater, wires and oscillating check, no fault purge valve, no fault trigger for step change, delta transient time, READ ERROR4.5 Sec2 DCY
P0150AEngine-Off-Time only S4Comparing engine off time from instrument cluster control unit with engine after run timeDifference between engine-off-time < 12 SecKey-on after ECM after run time active CAN active0 SecOnce 2 DCY
P0151O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 Low VoltageCheck the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.13 V3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0152O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 High VoltageCheck the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Signal voltage > 5.5 V3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0153O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Bank 2)Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Response check- lambda value vs modeled lambda value > 0.9Engine speed, 1184...3000 RPM ECT > 20° C lambda0.9..1.1 engine speed deviation 1670 RPM/s EVAP canister load < 40% mass air flow 125...375 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 0.167 g/Rev65 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0155O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .UEGO ceramic temperature< 680 or > 965° CO2S front dewpoint exceeded heater control active lambda control active O2S front no other faults40 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0156O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .O2S signal rear- O2S setpoint 1 V not oscillating at reference +- 10 mV signal voltage > 0.15 VO2S rear ready trim control post cat closed loop > 340 Sec engine speed > 1200 RPM integrated mass air flow 20...75 g fuel cut-off active90 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0157O2 Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Signal voltage, < 20mV AND internal resistance < 10ohmsO2S rear-fully heated up mass air flow > 12kg/h O2S rear dewpoint, exceeded5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0158O2 Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Signal voltage > 1.2 V5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0159O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .O2S signal rear- signal too slow- 1ECT > 60° C mass air flow 12...120 kg/h O2S rear signal voltage 0.6...0.28 V fuel cut-off, enabled modeled exhaust gas temp. > 450° C internal resistance < 3000ohms3 timesOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0160O2 Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Signal voltage, 0.376...0.474 V O2S rear internal resistance >60 KohmsModeled exhaust temp. > 450° C5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0161O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) out of rangeCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater resistance, > 10K ohmsModeled exhaust gas temp, 300-400 °C heater duty cycle 0.8...99.2%.10 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0171Fuel System Too Lean, Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2)Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaksLean @ idle Adaptive value > 0.0063 g/RevEngine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0172System Too Rich-Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2)Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaksToo rich at idle Adaptive value <.0075 g/RevEngine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0174Fuel System Too Lean, Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2)Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaksLean @ idle Adaptive value > 0.0063 g/RevEngine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0175System Too Rich-Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2)Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaksToo rich at idle Adaptive value < 0.0075 g/Rev)Engine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0190Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A CircuitCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage > 4.6 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0191Fuel Rail Control Valve, high pressure sideCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Actual pressure >16.85 mPaTime after engine start, > 30 Sec engine speed, 500...6500 RPM5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0192Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A Circuit Low InputCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.2 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0201Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 1Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0202Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 2Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0203Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 3Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0204Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 4Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0205Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 5Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0206Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 6Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0221Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Range/PerformanceCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .TPS 1-TPS 2, > 5.79° AND relative mass air inegral > 100... at 0.45 SecEngine start completed TPS no fault2 Sec
P0222Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage, <0.117 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0223Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit High InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 4.6 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0234Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Condition Rationality check highCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 / Charge Air Pressure Sensor 2 G447Diff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value, >200...1275 hPaAltitude, <2700 m1.2 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0235Boost pressure controlCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Charge Air SystemBoost pressure sensor signal vs target value > 27....50 kPa, depending on altitudeTime after start 70 Sec engine speed 4000...7200 RPM ECT > 5° C TIA > 5° C modeled charge pressure quotient 1.25....2.2 mass air flow > 2.1 g/Rev5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0236Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Plausibility check.Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Charge Air SystemPressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; charger inlet pressure, ambient pressure > 7 kPa pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; charger inlet pressure (1) > 12...27 kPa pressure difference in cross check between pressure sensor 1 and 2 > 12.51 kPa AND fuel trim activity (bank with deviation is considered to be defective) > 151%Engine s peed, < 0 RPM vehicle speed 0 MPH time after engine stop 10 Sec modeled pressure quotient 0.25...0.8 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec modeled charge pressure quotient > 1.2 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0237Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Circuit LowCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, < 0.2 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0238Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Circuit HighCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, > 4.8 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0240Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor rationality checkCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information.Pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; IM pressure, ambient pressure > 7 kPa pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; IM pressure > 12...27 kPa pressure difference in cross check between pressure sensor 1 and 2 > 12.51 kPa AND fuel trim activity (bank with deviation is considered to be defective > 151%Engine speed 0 RPM time after engine stop 10 Sec vehicle speed 0 MPH modeled pressure quotient 0.25...0.8 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec modeled charge pressure quotient > 1.2 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec5 Sec
P0241Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor -short to groundCheck the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage < 0.2 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0242Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor short to B+Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage > 4.8 V5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0243Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid ACheck the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-.Signal voltage, > 4.40...5.60 VBoost pressure control valve, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0245Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A LowCheck the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-.Signal voltage, < 2.15...3.25 VBoost pressure control valve, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0246Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A HighCheck the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-.Signal current, >2.20 ABoost pressure control valve, commanded on Engine speed, > 80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0261Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0262Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 16 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0264Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0265Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 16 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0267Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0268Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 16 AInjection valve, Commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0270Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0271Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 16 AInjection valve, Commanded on `3 SecCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
P0273Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0274Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 16 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0276Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 VInjector commanded on injector commanded off3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0277Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 16 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0299Turbocharger/Supercharger Underboost Rationality check lowCheck the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Charge Air Cooler OverviewDiff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value, >150 hPaEngine speed, 2200-2800 RPM altitude <2700 m diff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value Boost pressure control, active turbo charger bypass valve, closed6 SecMultiple 2 DCY

Ignition system

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P0300Random Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misfire rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0301Cylinder 1 Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0302Cylinder 2 Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0303Cylinder 3 Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0304Cylinder 4 Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0305Cylinder 5 Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0306Cylinder 6 Misfire DetectedCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 %Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active1000 Rev. 200 Rev.2 DCY continuous
P0321Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range/PerformanceCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING .Counted teeth versus reference, incorrect OR monitoring reference gap, failure0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0322Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No SignalCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING .Camshaft signals >3 Engine speed, no signal0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0324Knock Control System ErrorCheck the Knock Sensors -G61, G66-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal fault counter (combustion), >24.0 OR signal fault counter (measuring window), >2.00 Communication errors SPI communication > 25Engine speed, 0 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0326Knock Control SystemCheck the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Lower threshold < 0.029 V upper threshold > 1.992 VEngine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev40 timesContinuous 2 DCY
P0327Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to groundCheck the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Lower threshold, 0.18 VEngine speed, > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev40 timesContinuous 2 DCY
P0328Knock Sensor 1 Circuit short to B+Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Upper threshold >1.00 VEngine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev40 timesContinuous 2 DCY
P0331Knock Control SystemCheck the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Lower threshold < 0.029 V upper threshold > 1.992 VEngine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev40 timesContinuous 2 DCY
P0332Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to groundCheck the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Lower threshold, 0.18 VEngine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev40 timesContinuous 2 DCY
P0333Knock Sensor 1 Circuit short to B+Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Upper threshold >1.00 VEngine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev40 timesContinuous 2 DCY
P0335Engine speed sensorCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKINGOpen circuit > 1 V short to grnd < 1.5 V short to B+ > 3.5 V signal check no signal0.4Continuous 2 DCY
P0335Engine speed sensor S4 onlyCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKINGNo signal -no signal for 2RevEngine speed > 32 RPM0.4Continuous 2 DCY
P0336Engine speed sensorCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKINGRPM signal comparison with phase sensor not synchronous counted versus reference teeth > 1 actual time value vs modeled time value > 1.375Engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 480 RPM0.4 Sec 3 Sec 25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0336Engine speed sensor S4 onlyCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKINGRPM signal comparison with phase sensor not synchronous counted versus reference teeth > 1 actual time value vs modeled time value > 1.375Engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 480 RPM0.4 Sec 3 Sec 25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0340Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor)Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal activity check signal voltage no altering @ 4 RevEngine speed > 32 RPM0.4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0341Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensor)Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Actual time value vs min. time value < 1Engine speed > 32 RPM0.1 Sec
P0342Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or single sensor)Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage low and crankshaft signals, 8.00.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0343Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or single sensor)Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage low and crankshaft signals, 8.00.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0345Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor)Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal activity check signal voltage no altering @ 4 RevEngine speed > 32 RPM0.4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0346Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensorCheck the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Adaptive value vs target value > 12.4 ° CA actual time value vs modeled time value > 3.5Engine speed > 416 RPM duty cycle commanded off2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0351Ignition Coil A Primary/Secondary CircuitCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Open circuit Signal current, < -0.05...0.2mAEngine speed, > 512 RPM2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0352Ignition Coil B Primary/Secondary CircuitCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Short to ground Signal current, >0.04...0. mAEngine speed, > 512 RPM2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0353Ignition Coil C Primary/Secondary CircuitCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Short to B+ Signal current, >0.04...0. mAEngine speed, > 512 RPM2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0354Ignition Coil D Primary/Secondary CircuitCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Open circuit Signal current, < -0.05...0.2mAEngine speed, > 512 RPM2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0355Ignition Coil E Primary/Secondary CircuitCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N323-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Short to ground Signal current, >0.04...0. mAEngine speed, > 512 RPM2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0356Ignition Coil F Primary/Secondary CircuitCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Short to B+ Signal current, >0.04...0. mAEngine speed, > 512 RPM2 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Additional exhaust regulation

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P0410Rationality checkCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGDifference of SAIR pressure during phase 3 to SAIR pressure before SAIR injection > 30 mbarMass air flow, 9.5...200 kg/h Delta engine load, < 10% rev ECT, 4.5...39.8° C IAT, > 4.5° C altitude, <2500 m30...60 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0413Open circuitCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage < 0.8 mAAir valve, commanded on ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0414Air valve short to groundCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal current >3.00 AAir valve, commanded on ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0415Short to B+Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal current > 3 AAir valve, commanded on engine speed, >80 RPM0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0416Open circuitCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage < 0.8 mAAir valve, commanded on ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0417Air valve short to groundCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal current >3.00 AAir valve, commanded on ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0418Air pump relay. Open circuit.Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage > 3 VPump relay commanded off ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0420Catalyst System Bank 1Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Amplitude ratio O2S > 1.5ECT > 70° C integrated mass flow 2.3...8 kg engine speed 1100...3500 RPM modeled exhaust gas temp. 550...900° C delta engine speed <350 RPMs mass air flow 0.6...1.57 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 2.25 g/Revs evap canister load low...0.470 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0430Catalyst System Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Amplitude ratio O2S > 1.5ECT > 70° C integrated mass flow 2.3...8 kg engine speed 1100...3500 RPM modeled exhaust gas temp. 550...900° C delta engine speed <350 RPMs mass air flow 0.6...1.57 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 2.25 g/Revs evap canister load low...0.470 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0441Evaporative Emission System Incorrect Purge FlowCheck the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Deviation lambda control < 4% OR deviation throttle controller < 8.0% deviation press. control < 2.2 kpaEngine speed, Idle RPM Engine speed Deviation, < 80 RPM ECT, > 69.75° C or Substitute ECT, > 69.75° C IAT, > 5.0° C IAT at engine start > 5.0° C Altitude, < 2500 m lambda control, closed loop for press quotient (intake) / ambient < 0.58 for press quotient (intake) / ambient > 0.5825 SecOnce/ DCY 2 DCY
P0442Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak)Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Time for pressure drop < 1.0...1.3 Sec.Time after engine start> 225...1200 Sec. altitude < 2500 m ECT at start, 5.3...35° C engine off time, >21600 Sec number of diagnostic attempts <= 2 ambient air temp 3.8...59.3° C delta ambient pressure 0.5 kpa Altitude, < 2500 m Vehicle speed, > 0 MPH IAT > 5.25° C IAT drop after engine start < 6k Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, 0.5 hPa140 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0444Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit OpenCheck the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .Signal current < 0.8mAEVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine start completed2.0 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0445Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve short to groundCheck the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 2.0 VEVAP purge valve, Commanded off Engine start completed2.0 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0445Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve short to battery plusCheck the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .Signal current >1.0 AEVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine start completed2.0 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0455Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (gross leak/no flow)Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Time for pressure drop < 0.65...0.7 Sec.Time after engine start> 225...1200 Sec. altitude < 2500 m ECT at start, 5.3...35° C number of diagnostic attempts <= 2 delta ambient pressure 0.5 kpa Altitude, < 2500 m Vehicle speed, > 0 MPH IAT > 5.25° C IAT drop after engine start < 6k Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, -1.523...1.523 hPa140 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0456Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (very small leak)Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Time for press drop <4.0-5.5 Sec.Time after engine start> 225...1200 Sec. altitude < 2500 m ECT at start, 5.3...35° C engine off time, >21600 Sec number of diagnostic attempts <= 5 ambient air temp 3.8...59.3° C delta ambient pressure 0.3 kpa Altitude, < 2500 m Vehicle speed, 0...80.7 MPH Vehicle acceleration < 4 mSec IAT > 5.25° C IAT drop after engine start < 6k Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, -1.523...1.523 hPa140 SecOnce DCY 2 DCY
P0458Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit LowCheck the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .Signal voltage, <2.15...3.25 VEVAP purge valve, Commanded off Engine speed, >80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0459Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit HighCheck the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .Signal current, > 2.20 AEVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0491Secondary Air System Insufficient Flow. Bank 1Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKINGBlockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow < 0.102 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow < 0.102 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1 < 0.297 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 21) < 0.398 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75 OR average pressure difference between absolute value and filtered value (phase 21) < 3.398...6.758 hPa relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) <0.75Mass air flow, 9.5...200 kg/h ECT, 4.5...39.8° C IAT, > 4.5° C altitude, < 2700 m30...60 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0492Secondary Air System Insufficient Flow. Bank 2Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKINGBlockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow 0.102 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow 0.102 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1 < 0.297 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 21) < 0.398 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75 OR average pressure difference between absolute value and filtered value (phase 21) < 3.398...6.758 hPa relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) <0.75Mass air flow, 9.5...200 kg/h ECT, 4.5...39.8° C IAT, > 4.5° C altitude, < 2700 m30...60 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY

Speed and idle control

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P0501Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/PerformanceCheck vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING .VSS signal, < 4 km/hEngine torque >150 Nm Engine speed, >2500 RPM vehicle speed sensor, no fault5 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0503Vehicle Speed Sensor A Out of range highCheck vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING .Vehicle speed >200km/h0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0506Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than ExpectedCheck the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .Engine speed deviation <-80 RPMEngine speed idle Time after engine start 25 Sec. Vehicle speed, 0 MPH mass air flow < 1.05 g/Rev EVAP purge flow < 4 kg/h idle controller > 40 Nm ECT, > 80...110° C IM press/ambient press. 0.513 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P0507Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than ExpectedCheck the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .Engine speed deviation >-80 RPMEngine speed idle Time after engine start 25 Sec. Vehicle speed, 0 MPH mass air flow < 1.05 g/Rev EVAP purge flow < 4 kg/h idle controller > 40 Nm ECT, > 80...110° C IM press/ambient press. 0.513 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P050AIdle Air Control System RPM Higher Or Lower Than ExpectedCheck the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .Out of range low engine speed deviation < 80...250 RPM out of range high engine speed deviation > 80...250 RPMEngine speed idle Vehicle speed, 0 MPH EVAP purge flow < 4 kg/h idle controller > 40 Nm ECT, > -9° C catalyst heating active13 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P052AIntake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Adjustment angle difference> 10° CA number of checks 2 timesModeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 0° CA than wait 0 Sec2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P052CIntake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Adjustment angle difference> 10° CA number of checks 2 timesModeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 0° CA than wait 0 Sec2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P053FFuel Rail Pressure Control ValveCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGFunctional check target pressure-actual pressure >1.5 mPa<-1.5 mPaCatalyst heating active time after engine start> 5 Sec5 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Control module and output signals

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P0601Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum ErrorReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Internal check sum, incorrect2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0603Internal hardware checkReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.SPI communication lost1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0604Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) ErrorReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Write ability check, failed1 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P0605Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) ErrorReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Checksum IncorrectContinuous 2 DCY
P0606ECM faultReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Check sum error bit check failed2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0627Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit /OpenCheck the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .Internal error fuel pump control unit Feedback from fuel pump control unit Pump blocked short circuit to battery +, ground or open circuitBattery voltage, > 9-16 V Engine start, Completed15 SecNo Mil
P0638Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance - Bank 1Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .Rationality check: duty cycle >0.4 Sec at 98% AND actual TPS- calc value - ref. point < 1.5°Engine start not active.045 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0641Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit/OpenReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, deviation +/- 0.3 V0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0642Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit LowReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, < 4.615 V0.15 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0643Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit HighReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.5 V supply voltage >5.434 V0.15 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0651Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit/OpenReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, deviation +/- 0.3 V0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0652Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit LowReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, < 4.615 V0.15 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0653Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit HighReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.5 V supply voltage >5.434 V0.15 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0657Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit / OpenCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Signal current < 0.8 mARelay, commanded on1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0658Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit LowCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 2.0 VRelay, commanded off1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0659Actuator Supply Voltage "A" Circuit HighCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Signal current > 1.0 ARelay, commanded on1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0685ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit/OpenCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Signal voltage, 2.6-3.7 V Sense circuit voltage, >6 VECM keep alive time main relay, Commanded on (Test pulse)0.5 Sec2 DCY
P0686ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit LowCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Sense circuit voltage, > 6.0 VMain relay, Commanded off (Test pulse)0.25 SecOnce 2 DCY
P0687ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit HighCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Sense circuit voltage, < 5.0 VMain relay, Commanded on (Test pulse)0.25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0688ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense CircuitCheck the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING .Sense voltage, <3.0 V Difference sense circuit voltage with camshaft actuator commanded off and on >2.5 V Battery voltage > 3 VMain relay, commanded on ECM keep alive time Switch off test - Failed1 Sec 4 Sec 2 Sec2 DCY
P0697Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit / OpenReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, deviation +/- 0.3 V0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P0698Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit LowReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.Signal voltage, < 4.6-5 VThreshold values dep. on internal 5 V rev voltage0.4 Sec2 DCY
P0699Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit HighReplace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.5 V supply voltage>4.99-5.41 VThreshold values dep. on internal 5 V rev voltage0.4 Sec2 DCY

Fuel and Air ratios, control module

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P10A0RFP-Power stageCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGECM power stage failure or duty cycle<95%Engine start completed0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P10A4RFP-ActuatorCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGAbsolute value of maximum deviation between predicted and real value> 8%Engine start completed0.3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P10A5RFP-SensorCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage > 4.0 V0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P10A6RFP-SensorCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage < 0.1 V0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P1114Internal resistance too large (Bank 1, sensor 2)Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Heater resistance, (128-648)*(8-40)1.02-25.9 k ohms (dep. on mod. exhaust temp. and heater power)Battery voltage, 10.7-16.1 V Modeled exhaust gas temp, 300-600° C Engine shutoff time, 300 Sec. IAT, >6.75° C15 Sec2 DCY
P12A1Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Inappropriately LowCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Deviation fuel rail pressure control > 0.60 g/Rev AND deviation lambda control < 22.5%Engine speed 640...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec evap canister load < 25% lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active high pressure pump setpoint 0.015...0.15 g/Rev catalyst heating not active5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P12A2Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Inappropriately HighCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Deviation fuel rail pressure control < 0.51 g/Rev AND deviation lambda control > 30%Engine speed 640...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec evap canister load < 25% lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active high pressure pump setpoint 0.015...0.15 g/Rev catalyst heating not active5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P12A4Fuel Rail Pump Control Valve Stuck ClosedCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Deviation fuel rail pressure control < 0.120 g/Rev AND actual press. above target press. -15...15%Engine speed 580...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec evap canister load < 25% lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active high pressure pump setpoint 0.015...0.105 g/Rev catalyst heating not active5 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P200AIntake Manifold Runner Control out of rangeCheck the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.7 VTime after engine start 1 Sec2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P200BIntake Manifold Runner Control overtravelCheck the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.7 VTime after engine start 1 Sec2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2004Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, <2.9 VTime after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded open4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2005Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, <2.9 VTime after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded open4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2006Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 2.5 VTime after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded closed4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2007Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 2.5 VTime after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded closed4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2008Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Open Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal current < 0.8 mADuty cycle commanded on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2009Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Shorted Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 2.0 VDuty cycle commanded off2SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2010Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Shorted to B+ Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal current > 1 ADuty cycle commanded on2SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2014Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Short to groundCheck the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, < 0.2 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2015Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Deviation runner flap position vs actual position >25 %1.5 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P2016Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Low (Bank 1)Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, <0.25 V0.3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2017Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Short to B+Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 4.8 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2019Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Open circuitCheck the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, < 0.2 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2022Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Short to B+Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage, > 4.8 V2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2088A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 short to groundCheck the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Signal voltage, < 2 VCamshaft valve off2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2089A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 short to B+Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Signal current, > 3 ACamshaft valve on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2092A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 short to groundCheck the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Signal voltage, < 2 VCamshaft valve off2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2093A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 short to B+Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING .Signal current, > 3 ACamshaft valve on2 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2096Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range high Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Integral part of trim control, post cat > 10%Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h120 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2097Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range low Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Integral part of trim control, post cat < 10%Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h120 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2098Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range high Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Integral part of trim control, post cat > 10%Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h120 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2099Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range low Bank 1 Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Integral part of trim control, post cat < 10%Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h120 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Fuel and air ratio

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P2101Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/PerformanceCheck the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .Duty cycle > 0.4 Sec at > 98% AND actual TPS reference point > 1.5° actual TPS calc value > 0.4 Sec at > 8°Engine start not completed0.45 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2106Throttle Actuator Control System - short to B+ or groundCheck the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING .ECM power stageEngine start completed0.45 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2122Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.4 V0.25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2123Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage >4.82 V0.25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2127Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.2 V0.25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2128Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High InputCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage >2.8 V0.25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2138Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D / E Voltage CorrelationCheck the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING .Signal voltage sensor 1 vs 2, > 0.2...0.24 V0.35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2146Fuel Injector Group A Supply Voltage Circuit / short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current, >14.90 AEngine speed >80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2147Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 12 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2148Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 33 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2149Fuel Injector Group B Supply Voltage Circuit / Short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current >14.90 AEngine speed >80 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2150Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 12 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2151Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 33 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2153Injector Circuit short to groundCheck the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 12 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2154Injector Circuit short to b+Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .Signal current > 33 AInjector commanded on3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2181Cooling System PerformanceCheck Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Coolant Pump -V50- Refer to the appropriate service information.-- Check the Coolant Thermostat. Refer to the appropriate service information..ECT < 75 °C mass air integral 3.5...26.0 kgECT at start, -7...57° C delta ambient pressure < 1.5 kPa vehicle speed 21...75 mph accumulated fuel cut-off < 140 Sec mass air flow 40...200 kg/h500 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P2195O2 Sensor rationality check high - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Lambda value > 1.1 VModeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear > 0.752 V deviation lambda control > 35%100 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2196O2 Sensor rationality check Low- Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Lambda value < 0.9 VModeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear <0.151 V deviation lambda control > 35%100 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2197O2 Sensor rationality check high - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Lambda value > 1.1 VModeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear > 0.752 V deviation lambda control > 35%100 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2198O2 Sensor rationality check Low- Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Lambda value < 0.9 VModeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear <0.151 V deviation lambda control > 35%100 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P219CCylinder imbalanceCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 10% or > 10%ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa300 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P219DCylinder imbalanceCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 10% or > 10%ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa300 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P219ECylinder imbalanceCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 10% or > 10%ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa300 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P219FCylinder imbalanceCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 10% or > 10%ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa300 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P21A0Cylinder imbalanceCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 10% or > 10%ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa300 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P21A1Cylinder imbalanceCheck the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Adaptive value < 10% or > 10%ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa300 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2227Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Plausibility check.Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information.Press. diff. in cross check between boost press. sensor 1/2; IM press., abient press. >7 kPaEngine speed 0 RPM time after engine stop 10 Sec3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2231O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater CircuitCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING .Delta O2S signal front, >190uAEngine speed, <2700 RPM engine load, <60% heater duty cycle, 20.0...80.0% Modeled exhaust, <800.1° C lambda set value READ ERROR lambda, 0.95...1.05 O2S Heater no fault15 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P2237O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Signal activity check-failedO2S front- no other faults35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2240O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Signal activity check-failedO2S front- no other faults35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2243O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Functional check heater failed AND intrusive check temperature measurement failed35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2247O2 Sensor Nernst Voltage Open - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Functional check heater failed AND intrusive check temperature measurement failed35 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2251O2 Sensor Signal open circuit - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Functional check heater failed AND signal activity check failed45 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2254O2 Sensor Signal open circuit - Bank 1, Sensor 1Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .Functional check heater failed AND signal activity check failed45 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2257Air pump relay. short to grnd.Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKINGSignal voltage < 2.00 VPump relay commanded off ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2258Air pump relay. sort to B+.Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKINGSignal current < 0.8 mAPump relay commanded on ign on0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2270O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2 SULEVCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Rationality check, O2S signal rear, <0.557...0.630 mVMass air flow, >25kg/h O2S rear readiness,>10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350° C100 Sec2 DCY
P2271O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2 SULEVCheck the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .Rationality check, O2S signal rear, <0.557...0.630 mVMass air flow, >25kg/h O2S rear readiness,>10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350° C100 Sec2 DCY
P2279Intake air system leakCheck the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKINGThreshold to detect a defective system >1.33....1.6 AND ratio of the tie system defective during the measurement window to the whole duration of the measurement window >0.60000Time after engine start >60.0 Sec engine load <40% mass air flow <6553.50 kg/h ECT >49.50° C IAT <99.80° C lambda control value >0.95 lambda set value 0.95...1.05 vehicle speed < 1.00km/h lambda control active engine speed idle altitude < 2700m O2S front no fault number of checks 323 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P2293Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 PerformanceCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure, >1.50mPa difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure, < -1.50 mPaTime after engine start, 10.0 Sec fuel cut off, not active3.5 SecMultiple 2 DCY
P2294Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit open circuitCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal current < 0.8 mA1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2295Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit Low short to groundCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .< 2.0 V1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2296Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit HighCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal current > 8 ATime after engine start 5...15 Sec1.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Ignition System

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P2300Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit LowCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal current >24.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2301Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit HighCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal current >5.1...7.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2303Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit LowCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal current >24.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2304Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit HighCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal current >5.1...7.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2306Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit LowCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal current >24.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2307Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit HighCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal voltage >5.1...7.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPMContinuous 2 DCY
P2309Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit LowCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal current >24.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2310Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit HighCheck the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING .Signal voltage >5.1...7.0 mAEngine speed, >680 RPM0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Additional emission regulations

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P2400Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit/OpenCheck the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Signal current < 0.8 mALDP, commanded on Engine speed, >416 RPM0.27 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2401Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit LowCheck the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 2 VLDP, commanded off Engine speed, >416 RPM0.27 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2402Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit HighCheck the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Signal current > 1.0 ALDP, commanded on Engine speed, >416 RPM0.27 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2403Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit/OpenCheck the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .Low signal voltage time > 1 SecLDP, commanded off same as for P044210 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P2404Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Range/PerformanceCheck the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING .High signal voltage AND time > 0.36 SecLDP, commanded on same as for P044210 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P2414O2 Sensor signal range check - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .O2S signal front > 3.1 VLambda control active engine torque positive engine speed no idle25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2415O2 Sensor signal range check - Bank 1, Bank 2Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .O2S signal front > 3.1 VLambda control active engine torque positive engine speed no idle25 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2431Rationality checkCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGDifference between SAIR pressure, AMP, and MAP > 60.0 hPaAmbient press. sensor no fault manifold air press. sensor no fault SAI done60 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2432Signal range checkCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage, < 0.5 VAmbient press. sensor no fault0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2433Signal range checkCheck the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGSignal voltage, >4.5 VAmbient press. sensor no fault0.50 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2440Air valve bank 1Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGBlockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) >= 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR Bank 1 pressure (phase 1) >= 0.297 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75Air valve commanded off air pump commanded on20 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P2442Air valve bank 2Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKINGBlockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) >= 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR Bank 1 pressure (phase 1) >= 0.297 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75Air valve commanded off air pump commanded on20 SecOnce/DCY 2 DCY
P2539Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor CircuitCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage > 4.6 V5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2540Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit Range/PerformanceCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Actual pressure Deviation < 800 kPa <80 kPa5 Sec2 DCY
P2541Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit LowCheck the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Signal voltage < 0.2 V1 Sec2 DCY
P2626O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .O2S signal front > 4.7 VModeled exhaust temp, > 380° C Fuel cut off, > 2 Sec4 SecContinuous 2 DCY
P2629O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .O2S signal front > 4.7 VModeled exhaust temp, > 380° C Fuel cut off, > 2 Sec4 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
P3081Engine Temperature Too LowCheck Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .Step 1 modeled ECT > 30° C AND ECT < 30° C and modeled ECT> 30° C ECT < 25° C2 SecContinuous 2 DCY

Control module and output signals

DTCError MessageDiagnostic ProcedureMalfunction Criteria and Threshold ValueSecondary Parameters with Enable ConditionsMonitoring Time LengthFrequency of checks, MIL Illum
U0001High Speed CAN Communication BusCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .CAN message, No feedbackBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0002High Speed CAN Communication BusCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .Global time out...receiving no messagesBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0100Lost Communication with ECM/PCM ACheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .Failure of all CAN engine messages, Time out more than 490 mSec Failure of all CAN engine messages but not all CAN messages, Time out more than 1010 mSecNo bus off error No error failure of all CAN messages No error failure of all CAN engine messages Terminal 15 Voltage, > 9 V for more than 500 mSec > 500 mSec after reset1 Sec
U0101Lost Communication with TCMCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Direct Shift Gearbox (DSG) Mechatronic -J743- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623-. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .No message received from TCMBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0121CAN ABS brake unitCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .No CAN communication with TCU, time-outBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0140CAN communication with BCMCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .CAN message no messageBattery voltage (no map, bottom and top limit)9•••17 V time after ignition on0.52 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0146CAN gateway ACheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .CAN communication with gateway, time-outBattery voltage (no map, bottom and top limit)9•••17 V time after ignition on0.51 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0155Communication with ICLCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .No CAN message received from ICL no messageBattery voltage (no map, bottom and top limit)9•••17 V time after ignition on0.50.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0302Software Incompatibility with Transmission Control ModuleReplace the Direct Shift Gearbox (DSG) Mechatronic -J743-. Refer to appropriate service information.MT vehicle ECM coded as AT vehicle OR AT vehicle ECM coded as MT vehicleBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec5.0 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0323CAN: Instrument cluster Audi onlyCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .Ambient temp value module not encoded for ambient temp sensor, 00hKey on status ambient temp from instrument cluster, no fault2 SecMultiple 2 DCY
U0402CAN communication with TCMCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Selector Lever -E313- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623Invalid data received from TCM implausible messageBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0404Invalid Data Received From Gear Shift Control ModuleCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Selector Lever -E313- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623-.If the value of message counter is permanent, constant, or change exceeds a threshold, increment an event counter maximum change of message counter > 5No failure of selector lever CAN messages Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 mSec50 mSecContinuous 2 DCY
U0415 CANCAN link to speed sensorCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKINGInvalid data received from TCU implausible messageBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.1 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0415 CAN (only S4) Vehicle SpeedCAN link to speed sensorCheck the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKINGInvalid data received from TCU implausible messageEngine on time since engine start engine on>3 Sec engine on and fuel cut off engine on time since engine start engine on>3 Sec0.5 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0422CAN: Instrument clusterCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .Ambient temp. value (initialization), Audi, 01hKey on status ambient temp from instrument cluster no fault electrical check ambient temp. sensor, no fault2.0 SecMultiple 2 DCY
U0423Communication with ICLCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .Invalid data received from ICL implausible messageBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec3 SecContinuous 2 DCY
U0447CAN gatewayCheck the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING .Received data from Gateway implausible messageBattery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec0.3 SecContinuous 2 DCY

CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirements

Scheme 1

Scheme 1
  1. The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- fuse OK.
  2. Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Scheme 2

Scheme 2

Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 3

Scheme 3

Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- 1 and 2 for resistance.

Scheme 4

Scheme 4

Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking voltage

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connections for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal 54 for an open circuit.

Scheme 5

Scheme 5
Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket
254

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 2, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirements

  1. The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- fuse OK.
  2. Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector -1-.

Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- 1 and 2 for resistance.

Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N205-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking voltage

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connections for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal 39 for an open circuit.

Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket
239

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 6

Scheme 6

Checking voltage

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.

Scheme 7

Scheme 7

Specified value: about 5.0 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specification was not obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.

Scheme 8

Scheme 8
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets
135
255
350

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK

Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING

The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- which is controlled by Engine Control Module - J623-.

Note. Use only gold-plated when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163-.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.
  3. Diode test lamp

Test requirements

  1. The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Remove the sensor connector -1

Scheme 9

Scheme 9

Checking activation

Connect diode test lamp between terminal 2 and terminal 1.

Turn key on

Operate starter for a few Sec.

LED in test lamp must blink

Turn key off

Checking voltage

Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness connector.

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G163- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.

Scheme 10

Scheme 10

Specified value: about 5.0 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specification was not obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector.

Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness connector terminalsEngine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets
1T94 /63
2T60 /40
3T60 /50

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK

Replace Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163-. Refer to.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information..

Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING

The following procedure requires a test drive. Observe all safety precautions.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Speedometer -G21- OK.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect the scan tool.

Perform a road test with a vehicle speed greater than 5 Km/h.

Using the scan tool, Check the vehicle speed

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Vehicle SpeedApprox. Vehicle Speed

Compare the vehicle speed on the scan tool to the Speedometer -G21-.

Specified value: a difference of no greater than 10%.

If the specified value was not obtained or no speed was displayed

Check the wiring from the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- to the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- for an open circuit, Short to Battery (+), or to Ground (GND).

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirement

  1. A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Function

The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- communicates with other CAN-Bus capable control modules.

The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.

Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Disconnect the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector.

Note. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- must remain connected for the following step.

Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminals 6 to 16 for resistance.

Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.

Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
6 (Can_Bus Low)67
16(Can_Bus High)68

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Generic scan tool

Test requirements

  1. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  2. Oxygen Sensors OK.
  3. No leaks or damage to exhaust system.

Function test

Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .

End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.

If the specified values are exceeded

Check the exhaust system for leaks.

If necessary, repair the leak in the exhaust system.

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify Repair.

If the DTC does not return

Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

End diagnosis.

If no leaks are found in the exhaust system

Replace the catalytic converter with front exhaust pipe. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

TURBOCHARGER, G-CHARGER

Note. Charge air system must be properly sealed. Always replace self-locking nuts. Charge air hoses and pipes as well as their connections must be free of oil and grease before re-installing. Do not assemble charge air hoses and lines with lubricants containing oils, only coat with water (without additives) if necessary. Note installation marks on hoses and components. All hose connections for charge air system are secured by spring-type clamps or by connector couplings. Install only approved clamps for securing hose connections. Pliers for spring clamps or hose clamp pliers are recommended for installing spring clamps. For connector couplings, always note the following points

Disengage connector coupling by pulling securing clip -arrow-.

Disconnect hose and pipe without the assistance of tools.

When assembling, make sure the retaining tabs -A- are engaged securely.

Scheme 11

Scheme 11: TURBOCHARGER, G-CHARGER

Before screwing on oil supply line, fill turbocharger with engine oil at filler tube.

After installing turbocharger, let engine idle for approx. 1 minute without increasing engine speed. This ensures adequate oil supply to the turbocharger.

CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Test sequence

Disconnect the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector -1-.

On the right side, on the compressor with the charge air cooler. Note: The intake air temperature sensor 2 -G430- / charge air pressure sensor 2 -G447- are arranged as mirror images of each other.

Scheme 12

Scheme 12

Start engine and let it run at idle.

Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.

Scheme 13

Scheme 13

Specified value: min. 4.5 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specification was obtained

Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72-.

If the specification was not obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to wiring diagram.

Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
17
263
386
438

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72-.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Generic scan tool
  2. Multimeter
  3. Wiring diagram

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.
  8. Engine cold.

Test procedure

Start diagnosis

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition on.

Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Coolant temperatureApprox. coolant temperature

If the specified value is not obtained

Continue test according to the following table

IndicatedCauseTest
Approx. - 40.0° COpen circuit or short circuit to (B+)ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .
Approx. 140.0° CShort circuit to Ground (GND)ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .

If the specified value was obtained

Start the engine and let it run at idle.

The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of 1.0° C.

If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent.

Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to the appropriate service information

Checking internal resistance

Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

Scheme 14

Scheme 14

Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Use the chart below for the specified values

Specified values

ECT Temperature vs Resistance
Temp (C)Min value ohmsMax value ohms
403681643714
352884033978
251768020530
151094012534
568977804
055356226
544434970
1529233235
2519782167
3513691486
459651039
55692738
65503533
75372392
85279292
95213223
105164172
115127134
12599106
1357884

If any of the specified values was not obtained

Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Testing if display is approx. - 40.0°C

Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

Using a jumper wire, connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.

Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.

If the value jumps to approx. 140.0° C

End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.

Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If indication remains at approx. -40.0° C

Testing if display approx. 140.0°C

Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

If indication jumps to approx. -40.0° C

End diagnosis and switch ignition off.

Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If indication remains at approx. 140.0° C

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
150
227

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING

Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Function

The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- detects RPM and reference marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect the scan tool.

Switch the ignition on.

Using the scan tool, check the engine speed

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Engine rotations per minute (RPM)Idle speed

End diagnosis and switch ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Checking internal resistance

Disconnect the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector.

Using a multimeter, check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Scheme 15

Scheme 15

Specified value: 450 to 1200 ohms

If the specified value is not obtained

Replace the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified values are obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit.

Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
114
253
350

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Remove the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- and check the sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run-out. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the sensor wheel is OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- fuse OK.
  2. The ignition switched off.

Note. Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- is supplied via the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757-.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 16

Scheme 16

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- terminals 1 and 2 for resistance.

Specified value: 22.0 to 30.0 ohms.

If the specified value is not obtained

Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-.

If the specification is obtained

Checking voltage supply

Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 2 for voltage.

Scheme 17

Scheme 17

Operate the starter briefly.

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was not obtained

Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminalMeasure to
1Engine Ground (GND)

Operate the starter briefly.

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value is not obtained

Check the wiring connection from the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Check Ground (GND) activation

Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector for voltage.

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminalMeasure to
2Battery positive (+)

Operate the starter briefly.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical connector terminal 2 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal 75 for an open circuit.

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal test box socket
275

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If the specification was obtained

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Perform a preliminary check to verify the condition: PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Smoke tester
  2. Evaporative and fuel supply system vacuum hose and line routing diagram

Test procedure

Using a smoke tester, check the evaporative emission system for leaks.

Note. Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper installation and operation of the smoke tester being used.

Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type. Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.

If a leak is detected

Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper installation. Replace if necessary.

Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts are properly tightened on the fuel tank.

Check all hose connections of the evaporative system and replace or repair any leaking lines.

Repair or replace any damaged component.

If no leaks are found

Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set.

Perform a road test to verify repair.

Generate readiness code.

If a DTC was set and does not return

Repair complete, generate readiness code.

If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the evaporative and fuel supply system

Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the evaporative and fuel supply systems. If a DTC is stored, perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Diode test lamp (12V).
  3. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Observe safety precautions.

Observe rules for cleanliness.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover and air intake duct. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the 8 pin connector from the fuel injector assembly harness (located just below and to the right of the electronic throttle motor assembly).

Using a multimeter connected to ground, check terminals 2, 4, 6, 8 for the correct voltage.

Specified value: 22 - 25 V.

If voltage is below specification

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open or short to ground circuit.

ComponentFuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N3013
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N30231
Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31119
Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31233
Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N3211
Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N32246
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N3314
Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N33234
Cylinder 5 Fuel Injector -N83116
Cylinder 5 Fuel Injector -N83247
Cylinder 6 Fuel Injector -N84118
Cylinder 6 Fuel Injector -N84232

Specified values: 1.5 ohms max. for wire continuity, and for circuit to ground check; Infinite or "OL" is displayed

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short to ground.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If voltage is within specification

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical terminals (1 to 2 for N30, 3-4 for N31, 5-6 for N32 or 7 to 8 for N33) for resistance.

Specified value: 1.4 - 2.6 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the malfunctioning Fuel injector(s). Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking activation and wiring

Connect a diode test lamp (12V) from Battery + to the injector harness connector terminal (1 for N30, 3 for N31, 5 for N32 or 7 for N33) of the Fuel Injector -- to be tested.

Operate the starter and test the activation of the Fuel Injector --.

LED should flicker.

Switch the ignition off.

If LED does not flicker

Replace the malfunctioning Fuel injector(s). Refer to appropriate service information.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- OK.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  3. The fuel filter OK.
  4. The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  5. All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
  8. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Checking voltage

Disconnect the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector. -4

Scheme 18

Scheme 18

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.

Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminalsSpecified value
1 to Battery positive (+)Battery voltage
3 to Ground (GND)About 5 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was obtained

Replace the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was not obtained

Checking wiring connections

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.

Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
150
259
335

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service Information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL PUMP DELIVERY QUANTITY, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Switched remote control (jumper).
  2. multimeter.
  3. Electrical connector test lead set.
  4. Fuel pressure test set.
  5. Measuring container, fuel-resistant.

Test conditions

  1. Battery voltage 12.5 V
  2. Fuel filter OK
  3. Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
  4. Fuel pressure regulator OK.
  5. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the fuel filler cap from fuel filler tube.

Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.

Remove the floor sealing cover -1-.

Scheme 19

Scheme 19

Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the fuel delivery unit.

Scheme 20

Scheme 20

Connect a switched remote control (jumper) to terminal -1- of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).

Connect a jumper wire from terminal -5- of the fuel delivery unit to vehicle Ground (GND).

Scheme 21

Scheme 21
WARNINGFuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection.

Disconnect the fuel return line -arrow- by pressing release buttons.

Scheme 22

Scheme 22

Connect a fuel line from the fuel pressure test set to the disconnected fuel return line and hold it in the measuring container.

Scheme 23

Scheme 23

Press the switch on the remote control (jumper) and operate the fuel pump for 15 seconds.

Compare quantity of fuel delivered with minimum delivery rate in the diagram (cm 3 /30 sec.).

Scheme 24

Scheme 24

Note. Voltage at the fuel pump with engine stopped and fuel pump running is approx. 2 volts less than battery voltage.

If minimum delivery quantity is not obtained, the following malfunctions may be present

  1. Fuel lines pinched.
  2. Fuel filter plugged.
  3. Fuel pump faulty.

If necessary, repair any pinched or plugged lines.

If the filter is restricted

Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the fuel pump is faulty

Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the following

Install the rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL PRESSURE TEST

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. fuel line adapter set V.A.G. 1318/17A. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool and are also available for rental or purchase through Audi.
  3. In- line fuel pressure gauge with shutoff valve. (high pressure).

Test conditions

  1. Battery voltage 12.5 V
  2. Function and voltage supply for the Fuel Pump is OK.
  3. Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
  4. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

WARNINGFuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection.

Start diagnosis

Disconnect fuel supply line -3- at the supply location and catch any fuel coming out with a shop towel

Scheme 25

Scheme 25

Note. Pull circlip upward to unlock fuel line

Install a fuel pressure gauge with appropriate adapters.

Open shut off valve on fuel gauge.

Switch ignition on and off repeatedly until fuel pressure stops increasing pressure.

Read fuel pressure on the gauge.

  1. Specified value: 3.5 to 6 bar

If specification is exceeded

Check return line between fuel filter and fuel pump for kinks or blockage.

If no malfunction in fuel return line is found

Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.

Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

If reading was below the specification

Check fuel pressure at the fuel filter between fuel pump and fuel filter using appropriate adapters

Open shut off valve on gauge and start the engine. Allow to idle.

Slowly close the pressure gauge shut off and note the fuel pressure.

  1. Pressure must increase to 6 bar.

When 6 bar is reached: Open shut off tap immediately!

If pressure has increased during test

Fuel pump is OK. Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.

Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

If pressure did not increase

Fuel pump is faulty

Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Electrical connector test lead set.

Test conditions

Scheme 26

Scheme 26
  1. Battery voltage 12.5 V.
  2. Fuse -27- in Fuse Panel C is OK.
  3. Fuel filter OK.
  4. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.

Remove the Fuel Pump Control Module from the retaining clips on the floor sealing cover.

Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the Fuel Pump Control Module.

Scheme 27

Scheme 27

Connect the multimeter ground lead to terminal -6- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector.

Connect the multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector.

Scheme 28

Scheme 28

Turn the Ignition key to the ON position.

The meter should read within 1 volt of battery voltage.

If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in ground or power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.

If voltage is OK, connect multimeter positive lead to terminal -3- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The ground lead remains on terminal -6

Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery voltage.

If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in the power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.

If voltage is OK, connect multimeter positive lead to terminal -2- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The ground lead remains on terminal -6

Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be 3.2 volts (+/-.4)

If voltage is below specification, check circuit from Fuel Pump Control Module to ECM for open, short or high resistance and repair as necessary. If no circuit fault is found, replace ECM.

If voltage is OK, reconnect the wiring harness to the Fuel Pump control Module.

Test procedure for Fuel Pump Control Module

Remove the floor sealing cover to access the Fuel Delivery Unit (fuel pump).

Disconnect the harness connector from the Fuel Delivery Unit.

Connect the multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel Delivery Unit harness connector.

Connect the multimeter ground lead to terminal -5- of the Fuel Delivery Unit harness connector.

Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery voltage.

If voltage is below specification, replace the Fuel Pump Control Module.

If voltage is within specification, replace the Fuel Delivery Unit (Fuel Pump). Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

TRANSFER FUEL PUMP, CHECKING

Note. Models with an airbag are installed with a crash fuel shut-off system. It reduces the danger of a fire in a crash as the fuel pump is switched off via the fuel pump relay. When the door is opened the fuel pump is activated for 2 seconds to build up the pressure in the fuel system.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Hand held remote control (jumper).
  2. Multimeter.
  3. Electrical connector test lead set.

Test conditions

  1. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts..
  2. Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
  3. Fuel filter OK.
  4. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Test sequence

Remove the rear seat bench. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Remove cover retainers from the right sealing flange.

Disconnect the electrical harness connector from the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) -G6- fuel delivery unit.

Connect a hand-held remote control (jumper) to terminal 5 of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).

Connect a jumper cable from an Electrical connector test lead set to terminal 1 of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle Ground (GND).

Press switch on the hand-held remote control (jumper).

Note. The Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. Avoid surrounding noises while testing the fuel pump.

Listen for an operating noise from the fuel pump.

If no operating noise is heard

Remove the fuel delivery unit.

Using a multimeter, check the electrical circuit between terminals 1 to and 5 of the fuel delivery unit pump motor for resistance.

Scheme 29

Scheme 29

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If the specification was obtained

Replace the fuel delivery unit.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK
  2. Fuse -SC3- OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customer's complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove rear seat assembly. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking voltage

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.

Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 TerminalMeasure to
3Chassis Ground (GND)

Specified value: Battery voltage

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- wiring harness terminal 3 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- terminal 8 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

Checking Ground (GND)

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- wiring harness terminal 1 to T5a/1, black 5 pin connector, for resistance.

Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 TerminalMeasure to
1T5e/1, black 5 pin connector
2T5e/5, black 5 pin connector
5T94/42

Specified value: 1.5 ohms maximum.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the fault does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

FUEL METERING VALVE, CHECKING

The following procedure is used to diagnose the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- which is controlled by Engine Control Module -J623-.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
  2. The Fuse -SB5- OK.
  3. The fuel filter OK.
  4. The parking brake engaged.
  5. The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  6. The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
  7. All electrical consumers switched off.
  8. A/C switched off.
  9. The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
  10. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Located on the high pressure pump, right side of cylinder head.

Disconnect the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector -2-.

Scheme 30

Scheme 30

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance

Scheme 31

Scheme 31

Specified value: 450 to 1000 ohms.

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Fuel Metering Valve -N290-. Refer to the appropriate service information

If the specified value was obtained

Checking voltage

Crank the engine.

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring from the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 8 for an open circuit or a short circuit to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring

Checking wiring connections

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminal 60 for resistance.

Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal or test box socket
260

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+) or Ground (GND).

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

End diagnosis.

If the DTC returns and no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Diode test lamp.
  3. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- fuses OK.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
  3. The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK.
  4. The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- OK.
  5. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  6. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  7. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  8. A/C switched off.
  9. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  10. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Remove the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness screws -1-.

Scheme 32

Scheme 32

Disconnect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness connectors -arrows- from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-.

Scheme 33

Scheme 33

Checking voltage supply

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271 - terminal 8 for an open circuit.

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified values were obtained

Checking activation

WARNINGDo not touch the Ignition Coils -- connecting parts or adapter cables during the following test.

Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84- by removing Fuse 29 (on fuse panel B) from the fuse holder SB29, in the E-box, plenum chamber.

Using a diode test lamp, check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.

Operate the starter.

The LED should flicker.

Switch the ignition off.

If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK

Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the LED does not flicker

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, Check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)J623 electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.

Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness connector terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket
N70-321
N127-323
N291-38
N292-36
N323-322
N324-37

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified values were obtained

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Connect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness connectors -arrows- to the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-.

Scheme 34

Scheme 34

Install the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness screws -1-.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 35

Scheme 35

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.

Specified value: about 5 V

Switch ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check and/or repair wiring as required.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.

Specified value: 7-25 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.

Specified value: 244 [+/- 40] ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified values were not obtained

Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.

Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket
1T60/35
2T94/13
3T94/39

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector -1-.

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.

Specified value: about 5 V

Switch ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check and/or repair wiring as required.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.

Specified value: 7-25 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.

Specified value: 244 [+/- 40] ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified values were not obtained

Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.

Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket
1T60/35
2T94/35
3T94/39

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SA5- OK.
  2. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- OK.
  3. The parking brake engaged.
  4. The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  5. The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
  6. All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
  7. A/C switched off.
  8. The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
  9. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector. -2

Scheme 36

Scheme 36

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Specified value: 25 [+/-] 10 ohms.

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking voltage

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring from the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to fuse SB5 on fuse panel B.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector.

Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket
136

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- tightened to 20 Nm.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Note. Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connectors, mark the component location.

Disconnect the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 37

Scheme 37

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Knock Sensor -- terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.

Specified value: infinity (Infinity).

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, Check the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)J623 electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.

Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets
158
257
342

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK

Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- tightened to 20 Nm.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Note. Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connectors, mark the component location.

Disconnect the electrical harness connector Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- -2-.

Scheme 38

Scheme 38

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Knock Sensor -- terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.

Specified value: infinity (Infinity).

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, Check the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)J623 electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.

Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets
156
257
342

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK

Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- fuse OK.
  2. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector -2-.

Scheme 39

Scheme 39

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- for resistance as follows

Scheme 40

Scheme 40
Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminalsSpecified values
1 + 3640 to 720 ohms
2 + 315 to 17 ohms

If any of the specifications are not obtained

Replace the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144--. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified values are obtained

Checking voltage supply

Note. The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- is supplied via the 15 amp fuse SB5.

Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- for voltage.

Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 for voltage.

Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminalMeasure to
3Engine Ground (GND)

Operate the starter briefly.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit.

Specified value: Wire resistance max 1.5 ohms.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical connector terminals to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94.

Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket
19
269

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following

Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

CHARGE AIR COOLING PUMP, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- fuse SA3 OK.
  2. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188

Disconnect the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 41

Scheme 41

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- for resistance as follows

Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminalsSpecified values
1 + 2640 to 720 ohms
3 to ground15 to 17 ohms

If any of the specifications are not obtained

Replace the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified values are obtained

Checking voltage supply

Note. The voltage for the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- is supplied via the 15A fuse SB7.

Check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- for voltage.

Turn the key on.

Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.

Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminalMeasure to
1Engine Ground (GND)

Operate the starter briefly.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit.

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical connector terminals to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60.

Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
1To fuse SB7
210
3To engine ground

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following

Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- OK.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  3. The fuel filter OK.
  4. The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  5. All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
  8. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Checking voltage

Disconnect the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector -1-.

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector for voltage.

Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector terminalsSpecified value
1 to Battery positive (+)Battery voltage
2 to Ground (GND)Near 0 volts
3 to Ground (GND)5 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was obtained

Replace the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was Not obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.

Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
1GND
244
335

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specified value was Not obtained

Check the wiring for an open, high resistance, short to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING

The following procedure is used to diagnose the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- which is controlled by Engine Control Module -J623-.

Note. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- is part of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and cannot be replaced separately Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuse OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Connect the scan tool.

Start engine and let it run at idle.

Using the scan tool, Check the temperature of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- at idle

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Intake air temperature sensor
Engine running at idleApprox. ambient temperature

End diagnosis and switch ignition off.

If the specified value was obtained, but the DTC memory has a DTC indicating a Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- fault

Check the voltage supply of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .

If specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .

Checking voltage supply

Remove the engine cover. Refer to appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 42

Scheme 42

Crank the engine.

Using a multimeter, check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to engine Ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: approx 5 V.

Switch the ignition off.

If specified value was not obtained

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Checking electrical circuit

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for resistance.

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminalsEngine Control Module -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
150
241
335
437

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If any of the specified values were not obtained

Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-.

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

End diagnosis.

If the DTC returns and no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.

Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect the scan tool.

Engine MUST be at room temperature.

Switch the ignition on.

Using the scan tool, check the ambient air temperature

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT)Approx. ambient air temperature

If the specified value was obtained

Fault may be intermittent. Check for proper connection, damaged wiring or loose terminals.

Note. The reading will default to 419° F if the circuit is open or shorted to ground.

If the specified value was Not obtained

Checking internal resistance

Turn the key off.

Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector.

Using a multimeter, check the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Use the chart below for the specified values

Specified values

AAT Temperature vs Resistance
Temp (C)Min. value ohmsMax. value ohms
403181137560
352294126863
251241514289
1569587880
540364495
031203442
524222655
1515191623
259681031
35629676
45419455
55286314
65195217
75136155

If the specified values were Not obtained

Replace the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified values are obtained, continue the test according to the following table

Checking wiring

Turn the key on.

Connect a multimeter to terminals 1 and 2 of the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector.

Specified value: near 5.02 V

If the specified value was Not obtained

Turn the key off.

Remove the Instrument Cluster. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness.

Using a multimeter, check the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector terminals 1 and 2 to the Instrument Cluster electrical harness connector T36 for an open circuit or a short, refer to the appropriate wiring diagram.

Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector terminalsInstrument Cluster -J285- electrical connector T32 terminals
128
224

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specified value was obtained

Replace the Instrument Cluster. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was Not obtained

Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short circuit to Battery (+) or ground.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

OXYGEN SENSOR AFTER CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Generic scan tool
  2. Multimeter
  3. Wiring diagram

Test requirements

  1. The oxygen sensor properly installed
  2. Exhaust system free of leaks
  3. The oxygen sensor fuses OK
  4. Ground connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK
  5. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
  6. Coolant temperature at least 80° C
  7. All electrical consumers switched off
  8. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever in park or neutral
  9. A/C switched off
  10. Engine running

Note. The oxygen sensor compares the oxygen content of the outside air with the residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas, and generates a voltage input signal to the engine control module. If oxygen sensor voltage does not fluctuate, the sensor does not respond, or responds too slowly, the following causes are possible: Slits in the oxygen sensor tip are plugged Sensor not up to operating temperature Sensor has been thermally overloaded Transition resistance in signal wire or reference ground connection Sensor has been damaged by electrical contact cleaner or similar contaminant (drawn through signal wire by capillary action due to thermal fluctuation) Sensor has been damaged by exposure to silicone. When using silicone sprays and sealants, silicone residue is drawn into the engine where it passes unburned into the exhaust and can damage the oxygen sensor

Test procedure

Using a generic scan tool, refer to Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Current System Data.

Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6 for oxygen sensor monitoring test results.

Review the mode data test results.

If any of the test results indicate a monitor failure

Refer to the monitor support documentation as indicated in the mode test procedure to diagnose and repair the cause of the failure.

If the test results indicate no monitor failures

Checking primary voltage

Disconnect the oxygen sensor electrical harness connector. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.

Switch ignition on.

Using a multimeter, measure the voltage between the sensor signal and reference ground circuits.

  1. Specification: 0.400 to 0.500 V

Switch ignition off.

If specified value is not obtained

Check the oxygen sensor wiring and connections.

If specified value is obtained

Replace the oxygen sensor. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.

Checking wiring and connections

Remove the engine control module. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.

Using a multimeter, measure the resistance of the signal and reference ground circuits between the oxygen sensor and the engine control module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the circuits for a short to each other, short to battery voltage, and short to ground.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

Repair the wiring or connection as necessary.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the engine control module. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- fuse OK.
  2. The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19- before catalytic converter OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-checking) .
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
  8. Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect scan tool.

Start the engine and let it run at idle.

Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Test-ID 01: Oxygen sensor monitoring before catalytic converter".

Select "Test-ID 131: Dynamic test".

Check the specified values at idle.

Dynamic testSpecified value
Min.Max.
Normal operation0.35009
Reduced threshold upon suspicion of malfunction in catalytic converter0.39990

If specified values are obtained

End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.

If the specified values are not obtained

Checking primary voltage

Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 43

Scheme 43

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1- terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.

Scheme 44

Scheme 44

Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.

Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
182
261
483
684

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S 2, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108-.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- fuse OK.
  2. The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z28- before catalytic converter OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-2-checking) .
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
  8. Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect scan tool.

Start the engine and let it run at idle.

Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Test-ID 01: Oxygen sensor monitoring before catalytic converter".

Select "Test-ID 131: Dynamic test".

Check the specified values at idle.

Dynamic testSpecified value
Min.Max.
Normal operation0.35009
Reduced threshold upon suspicion of malfunction in catalytic converter0.39990

If specified values are obtained

End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.

If the specified values are not obtained

Checking primary voltage

Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector -1-.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector -1- terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.

Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.

Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
181
259
460
662

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note. Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- is accessible. When servicing terminals 3 and 4 in the electrical harness connector of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-, use only gold-plated terminals.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Generic scan tool
  2. multimeter.
  3. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- fuse Ok.
  2. Oxygen Sensor O2S Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter Heater - Z29- OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-1-behind) .
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
  9. Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect scan tool.

Start the engine and let it run at idle.

Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Test-ID 02: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic converter".

Select following Test-IDs.

Check the specified values at idle.

Test-IDSpecified value
Min.Max.
1Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage0.6241 V
2Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage0.6241 V
7Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle0.450 V
8Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle0.450 V
129Sensor voltage lean00.6241 V
130Sensor voltage rich0.6241 V1.2998 V
131Deceleration test0 V0.1599 V

If the specified values are obtained

End diagnosis and switch ignition off.

If the specified values are not obtained

Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Scheme 45

Scheme 45

Checking primary voltage

Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

Scheme 46

Scheme 46

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.

Scheme 47

Scheme 47

Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
376
432

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Install the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 2 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note. Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- is accessible. When servicing terminals 3 and 4 in the electrical harness connector of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131-, use only gold-plated terminals.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Generic scan tool
  2. multimeter.
  3. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Oxygen Sensor (O2S)2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- fuse Ok.
  2. Oxygen Sensor O2S Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter Heater 2 - Z30- OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-2-behind) .
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
  9. Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect scan tool.

Start the engine and let it run at idle.

Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".

Select "Test-ID 02: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic converter".

Select following Test-IDs.

Check the specified values at idle.

Test-IDSpecified value
Min.Max.
1Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage0.6241 V
2Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage0.6241 V
7Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle0.450 V
8Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle0.450 V
129Sensor voltage lean00.6241 V
130Sensor voltage rich0.6241 V1.2998 V
131Deceleration test0 V0.1599 V

If the specified values are obtained

End diagnosis and switch ignition off.

If the specified values are not obtained

Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking primary voltage

Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.

Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G131-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G131- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
354
455

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Install the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19- is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- and cannot be replaced separately.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SB10- OK.
  2. Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking internal resistance

Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1-.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.

Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specification was not obtained

Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specification was obtained

Checking voltage supply

Crank the engine (engine may run).

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to Ground (GND) for voltage.

Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket
5Ground (GND)

Switch the ignition off.

Specified value: Battery voltage.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 8 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specification was obtained

Checking Ground (GND) activation

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 73 for resistance.

Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket
373

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code)

OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z28- is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- and cannot be replaced separately.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SB10- OK.
  2. Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  4. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  5. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  6. A/C switched off.
  7. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  8. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking internal resistance

Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector -1-.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.

Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specification was not obtained

Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specification was obtained

Checking voltage supply

Crank the engine (engine may run).

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to Ground (GND) for voltage.

Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket
5Ground (GND)

Switch the ignition off.

Specified value: Battery voltage.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specification was obtained

Checking Ground (GND) activation

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 51 for resistance.

Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket
351

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code)

OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 Before Catalytic Converter Heater - Z29- is part of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Before Three Way Catalytic Converter -G130- and cannot be replaced separately.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SB9- OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking internal resistance

Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 48

Scheme 48

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Scheme 49

Scheme 49

Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specification was not obtained

Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specification was obtained

Checking voltage supply

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: Battery voltage.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specification was obtained

Checking Ground (GND) activation

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
246

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater -Z30- is part ofOxygen Sensor (O2S) Before Three Way Catalytic Converter -G131- and cannot be replaced separately.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SB9- OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking internal resistance

Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector -1-.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specification was not obtained

Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If the specification was obtained

Checking voltage supply

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: Battery voltage.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specification was obtained

Checking Ground (GND) activation

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.

Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
241

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SENSOR 1, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SB10- OK.
  2. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
  3. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector -1-.

Scheme 50

Scheme 50

Checking voltage supply

Note. The voltage for the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- is supplied by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-.

Turn the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.

Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminalMeasure to
1Engine Ground (GND)

Operate the engine briefly.

Specified value: approx. 5 V.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- terminal T60-35 for resistance.

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminals to Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals.

Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminalsEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets
135
212
350

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in wiring

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SOLENOID VALVE, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve --N112-- fuse OK.
  2. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  4. All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Note. Voltage is supplied to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130-.

Procedure

Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector -1-.

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- : Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking voltage supply

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical connector terminal 1 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- for an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 49 for an open circuit.

Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
249

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SOLENOID VALVE 2, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 --N320-- fuse OK.
  2. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  4. All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Note. Voltage is supplied to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130-.

Procedure

Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical harness connector -3-.

Checking internal resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.

Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- : Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking voltage supply

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical connector terminal 1 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- for an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 28 for an open circuit.

Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical harness connector terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
228

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- fuses OK.
  2. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK..
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  4. All electrical consumers switched off.
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Remove the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Checking voltage

Using a Multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 2 to Ground (GND).

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 2 to the Battery -A- (+) terminal for an open circuit or a short circuit to Ground (GND).

Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 8 to Ground (GND) for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 8 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- socket 2 for an open circuit.

Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 6 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 23 for resistance.

Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket terminalEngine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
623

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK

Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC returns and no malfunction is found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Hand vacuum pump.

Test conditions

  1. Vacuum lines and hose connections free of leaks.
  2. Vacuum lines not plugged.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start procedure

Remove the vacuum hose from the combination valve.

Connect hand vacuum pump to combination valve vacuum connection.

Remove the air duct hose from the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- and position aside.

Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection hose.

Inject a light air pressure into the in Secondary Air Injection hose to close the combination valve. (do not use compressed air).

The combination valve should close and seal. Air should not be able to pass through the combination valve.

Operate the hand vacuum pump.

The combination valve should open. Air should be able to pass through the combination valve.

If combination valve does not open

Replace the faulty combination valve. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- fuses OK.
  2. The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK.
  3. Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  4. All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. The ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Disconnect the secondary air injection hose. Under right headlamp.

Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector -2-.

Scheme 51

Scheme 51

Checking voltage

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.

Specified value: battery voltage.

Switch the ignition off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Switch the ignition on

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND).

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- socket 2 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.

Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking Ground (GND)

Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for resistance.

Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK

Replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101--. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the DTC does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

TCM TO ECM CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. Multimeter
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirement

  1. A CAN malfunction was recognized
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
  3. Engine control module fuses OK
  4. Ignition switched off

Test procedure

Remove the transmission control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.

Disconnect the transmission control module electrical harness connector.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

Repair as necessary.

Note. The ECM must remain connected for the following step. The central terminal resistor is located in the ECM.

Using a multimeter, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector terminals 9 to 11 for resistance.

Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)

If the specified value was not obtained

Checking wiring

Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.

Using a multimeter, check each of the CAN bus circuits between the transmission control module and the engine control module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage, open circuit or high resistance.

Repair as necessary.

If the specified resistance value was not obtained and no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.

If the specified resistance value was obtained

Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.

Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage, open circuit or high resistance.

Repair as necessary.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Replace the transmission control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram

Test requirement

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.

Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals in Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Disconnect the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- 6-pin electrical harness connector -2-.

Scheme 52

Scheme 52

Checking voltage supply and wiring

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connections for voltage.

Scheme 53

Scheme 53
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminalsSpecified value
1 to Ground (GND)About 5 V
1 to 5About 5 V
2 to Ground (GND)About 5 V
2 to 3About 5 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specification was not obtained

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 for an open circuit.

Scheme 54

Scheme 54
Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets
158
280
356
457
578
679

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Install the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
  8. Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.

Function

Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor (Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186-) in the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-. It is operated by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-.

The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- is made up of the following components

  1. Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186
  2. Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G187
  3. Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G188

The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- cannot be serviced separately and must be serviced as a unit.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Connect the scan tool.

Switch ignition on.

Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Throttle valve position (absolute)
Idle stop3.0 to 25.0%

Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop while observing the percentage display. The percentage display must increase uniformly.

Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop

Diagnostic textSpecified value
Throttle valve position (absolute)
Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop84.0 to 97.0%

End diagnosis and switch ignition off.

If the specified values are not obtained

Remove the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338 - far enough so that the electrical connector terminals are reached.

Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector -arrow-.

Scheme 55

Scheme 55

Checking resistance

Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.

Scheme 56

Scheme 56

Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 ohms (at 20° C)

If the specification was not obtained

Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specification was obtained

Check the voltage supply of the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.

Checking voltage supply and wiring

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G187- at the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 6 for voltage.

Scheme 57

Scheme 57

Specified value: at least 4.5 V

Switch the ignition off.

If the specification was not obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- at electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.

Scheme 58

Scheme 58
Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminalsMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket
128
214
315
413
530
629

Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.

If the specification is not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

ENGINE COMPONENT POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. wiring diagrams.

Test requirements

  1. Fuse -SA2- OK.
  2. The Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
  3. The Ground (GND) connections at the engine and transmission OK.
  4. The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
  5. The generator OK.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .

Start diagnosis

Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.

Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socketMeasure to
2Engine Ground (GND)

Specified value: 12.5 V

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 2 to the Battery -A- positive terminal for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring

Switch the engine on.

Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.

Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socketMeasure to
8Engine Ground (GND)

Specified value: 12.5 V

Switch the engine off.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 8 to fuse SA2 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).

Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring

Checking Ground (GND)

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for resistance.

Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socketEngine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector T94 or test box socket
672

Specified value: 1.5 ohms.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the wiring connection.

If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757-.

Perform a road test to verify repair.

If the fault does not return

Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .

If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK

Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.

Final procedures

After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING

Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS

Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.

For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

  1. multimeter.
  2. Wiring diagram.

Test requirements

  1. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
  2. Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
  3. All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
  4. Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
  5. A/C switched off.
  6. Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
  7. Ignition switched off.

Test procedure

Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK

Start diagnosis

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Checking voltage

Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 2 to Ground (GND).

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.

Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If the specified value was obtained

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 8 to Ground (GND).

Specified value: battery voltage.

If the specified value was obtained

Checking wiring

If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.

Install the test box.

If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.

Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 6/85 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 19 for resistance.

Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
619

Specified value: 2.0 ohms Max.

If the specification was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring

Checking activation

Switch the ignition on.

Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 4 for voltage.

Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket terminalMotronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket
4/8619

Switch the ignition off.

Specified value: 0.5 V Max.

If the specified value was obtained

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to appropriate service information.

If the specified value was not obtained

Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.

Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.

If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.

If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK

Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.

Final procedures

After the repair work, the following steps must be performed in the following sequence

  1. Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
  2. If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
  3. If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .

For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls, Technical Data. Refer to the appropriate service information.

For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls component locations. Refer to the appropriate service information.

For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic controls removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to the appropriate service information.

Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/42 is available for purchase or rental. Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before when touching something made out of metal. The reason for this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical components of the transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on the electrical components! Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector terminals! Always switch ignition off before disconnecting or connecting Battery -A-, failure to do so may damage the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217-. If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following

WARNINGTest equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors.

See also:
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
READINESS CODE
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
DTC TABLES
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS
CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
FUEL PRESSURE TEST
FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING
EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING
KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING
KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING
CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKING
SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING
VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
PRELIMINARY CHECK
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2, CHECKING
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING